Beacon COSH Manual

1
Beacon OSH Training CO.
CONSTRUCTION
OCCUPATIONAL
SAFETY AND
HEALTH MANUAL
Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Second District NCR, Philippines, 1809
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MODULES SUBJECTS
Module 1 Importance of Occupational Safety & Health

Module 2 Unsafe Acts and Unsafe Conditions
Module 3 Construction Site Premises
Module 4 Excavation Safety
Module 5 Tools & Equipment Safety
Module 6 Construction Machinery (Mobile Equipment Safety)
Module 7 Construction Machinery (Crane Safety)
Module 8 Fall Protection
Module 9 Temporary Structures & Scaffold
Module 10 Environmental Safety
Module 11 Occupational Health / Medical Surveillance / COVID 19
Module 12 Personal Protective Equipment (Principles and Applications)
Module 13 Demolition and Explosives Safety
Module 14 Routine Construction Site Inspection
Module 15 Job Hazard Analysis
Module 16 Work-Related Accident Investigation & Reporting
Module 17 Roles of Construction Safety Officers
Module 18 Tool Box Meetings
Module 19 Emergency Preparedness
Module 20 Employees Compensation Program
Module 21 Occupational Safety and Health Legislation
Module 22 Safety & Health Programming for Construction Sites
Module 23 Re-entry Plans as Construction Safety & Health Officers
Appendices:
1. Republic Act No. 11058 and its IRR (January 25, 2019)
2. Department Order No. 198-18 (IRR of R.A. 11058)

3
3. Labor Advisory No. 04-19

4. Department Order No. 13 series of 1998
MODULE 1
IMPORTANCE OF OSH WITHIN CONSTRUCTION SITES
Objectives:
❖ To explain the status of safety, health and welfare among the workers in the
various fields of the construction industry.
❖ To know the current scenario of OSH in terms of statistics in the global and local settings.
❖ To know the legal basis of the implementation of OSH in the construction industry.
Construction is a high hazard industry that comprises a wide range of activities involving
construction, alteration, and/or repair. Construction workers engage in many activities that
may expose them to serious hazards, such as falling from rooftops, unguarded
machinery, being struck by heavy construction equipment, electrocutions, silica dust, and
asbestos.
Historically, construction workers suffer more fatal and nonfatal injuries than other
industries. Appropriate measures should be taken to improve safety at the site in order to
prevent loss of limbs and life, suffering, and damage from preventable accidents.
Why the need for occupational safety and health (OSH)?
✓ Every worker has the right to a SAFE and HEALTHY workplace.
Occupational Safety and Health?
Occupational Safety and Health is devoted to the recognition and control of factors
(hazards) in the workplace, which may cause death, disability, injury, sickness, or great
discomfort and inefficiency among the workers.
Occupational Safety and Health is a multidisciplinary approach that looks into the health,
safety and general wellbeing of workers in the workplace. It includes laws, standards and
programs that are aimed at making the workplace better for workers, family members,

4
customers and other stakeholders. OSH ensures good business, a better brand image,
and higher employee morale.
Occupational safety and health are generally defined as the science of anticipation,
recognition, evaluation and control of hazards arising in or from the workplace that could
impair the health and well-being of workers. (ILO)
Global OSH Data: ILO Report
• 270 million work-related accidents

• 355,000 of which are fatal
• 160 million occupational diseases (causing more than 4 days absence)
• Average of 5,000 people die every day due to work-related accidents every year
• 355,000 fatal work-related accidents every year (half occur in agriculture; other
high-risk sectors: mining, construction and commercial fishing)
• 4% (or over 1.2 million USD) of the world’s GDP is lost due to occupational diseases
and accidents
• 12,000 children are killed on the job annually
(Source: International Labor Organization (accessed/updated January 2018)
Globally, this phenomenon is still largely unexplored, economically, socially, politically

and morally.
Local Scenario: Filipino Workers
• 41.5 million+ employed Filipinos (January 2018) both in the formal and informal
sectors
o 57% services sector;
o 25% agriculture;
o 18% industry sector (mining, manufacturing, construction etc.)
• 3.5 million government employees

5

6

7

8
Legal Basis

9
• Labor Code of the Philippines (PD 442, 1974)

Consolidation of labor and social laws to afford full protection to labor, promote
employment and human resources development, and ensure industrial peace.
• OSH Standards (1978, amended in 1989)
A set of mandatory rules on OSH which codifies all safety orders issued prior to its
promulgation.
• Department Order #13

Guidelines Governing Safety and Health in the Construction Industry
With a highly mobile population of workers and different contractors working on

dangerous construction sites at the same time, CONSTRUCTION continues to be a
major cause of death and disabilities
Factors that Contribute to the Occurrence of Accidents in the Construction
Industry:
1) Fall from heights is the predominant causes of accidents

2) Lack of supervision for workers working at heights
3) Workers lack awareness on OSH
4) Workers have limited trainings
5) Due to lack of training, workers
a) build improper temporary structures
b) tolerate improperly guarded floors
c) work with unstable/unsecured/ scaffolds
d) use defective equipment
6) Accident reports lack relevant information
7) Proper investigations are hardly conducted
Recommendations
1) Policy Makers and Enforcers

▪ Strict enforcement of DO 13
▪ Strict implementation of reporting mechanism and revision of report form
▪ Continuous development of Construction Safety Training
▪ Research on Knowledge, Attitudes and Practices (KAP)
2) Employers and Construction Companies

▪ Compliance to DO 13
▪ Provision of adequate trainings and information
▪ Supervision on works at heights

10
▪ Provision of adequate access and egress in construction sites

▪ Conduct of high-quality accident investigation
▪ Comply with OSH rules and policies
▪ Take initiative in learning OSH
▪ Demand for approved type and strictly implement wearing of PPE
▪ Use and observe proper hand signals
▪ Address and correct any hazard found or reported
A construction project need not be expensive; however, accidents are expensive.
Direct Costs of Accidents
1) Emergency Medical Care
2) Equipment Damage or Material Spoilage
3) Compensation Payments
4) Investigations of Legal Authority
5) Insurance Premiums
Indirect Costs of Accidents
1) Injured Worker
o lost productivity on day of injury
o lost productivity due to follow-up care
o lost productivity after returning to work
2) Worker’s Crew
o completing added work
o assisting injured worker
o lost productivity due to inspection
3) Crew Around Accident Site
o watching events and discussing accident
4) Training Replacement Worker
5) Supervisors
o investigating accident
o preparing reports
o time with management, owner or regulatory agencies
Leading Causes of Fatal Accidents in Construction Sites
1) Falls from Heights

▪ Temporary structures
▪ Excavation
▪ Roof
▪ Moving vehicle and equipment

11
2) Excavation and Trench Work

▪ Cave-in
▪ Falling of persons, materials and equipment
▪ Asphyxiation
3) Construction Machineries and Equipment

▪ Power tools
▪ Woodworking machines
▪ Heavy machines
4) Cranes and Elevators

▪ Overloading
▪ Lifting and carrying of loads
▪ Erection and dismantling
5) Electrical Accidents
▪ Electrical Shock and Burns
▪ Contact with electric lines and underground cables
Latest about OSH:
Republic Act No. 11058 and its IRR (January 25, 2019)
An Act Strengthening Compliance with the OSH Standards and Providing Penalties for
Violations thereof.

12
Summary / Clear points:
❖ Everyone has a right to a safe and healthy workplace.
❖ All establishment must comply with RA 11058 and its IRR – DOLE Department
Order 198 and the OSH Standards.
❖ Employers, workers, safety officers, OSH committee members have roles to play
to ensure the effective implementation of their OSH programs.
MODULE 2
UNSAFE ACTS AND UNSAFE CONDITIONS
Objectives:
❖ To explain the concepts of accidents, near miss and incidents.
❖ To differentiate the unsafe and unhealthy acts and unsafe and the unhealthy
conditions.
❖ To explain the theory accidents and the OSH analysis in preventing workplace accidents.
The world of workplace health and safety is filled with terminology, acronyms and
definitions. Amongst the terms that are used within the workplace to describe health and
safety, incidents and accidents are extremely common and often interchanged.
In most cases they indicate the level of damage that results from a workplace occurrence.
What’s more, they make up the basis for the two-workplace health and safety
philosophies upon which safety measures and controls are built. But what do they really
mean? And what is the difference between the two?
Defining Accidents and Incidents
On the surface, they can seem to be describing the same thing, but they are, in fact, quite
different. To understand the differences, first, you need to review the definition of
accidents and incidents, but also the concept of a ‘near miss’:

13
• Accidents – an unexpected event which results in serious injury or illness of an

employee and may also result in property damage.
• Near miss – a narrowly avoided accident
• Incidents – an instance of something happening, an unexpected event or

occurrence that doesn’t result in serious injury or illness but may result in property
damage.
So, an incident can involve a near miss, where someone narrowly avoided injury or
illness. But, if a serious injury takes place, we are talking about an accident. What they
have in common is that both events are unplanned and can cause damage to places or
things. It is only accidents, however, that cause serious injury or illness to people. So, all
accidents are incidents, but not all incidents are accidents. Therefore, incidents are more
common than accidents, in fact, accidents make up only 2% of incidents. But, does that
mean that they shouldn’t be given priority within our safety protocols?
Should We Accept that Accidents Happen?
We’ve all heard of the saying ‘accidents happen’. But, is it good enough to fall back on
that when it comes to workplace health and safety? Should you and your employees have
to accept that accidents will inevitably take place and to prepare for that eventuality?
Our safety programs should be there to find hazards, put controls in place and prevent
accidents from occurring. By assuming that accidents will happen regardless of our
actions, we are saying that there is no cause and we are undermining our safety efforts.
In reality, the root cause of an accident often comes from a predictable event, one that
could have been prevented if the right actions had been taken.
Are All Accidents Preventable?
On the flipside to accepting that accidents happen is the concept that all accidents are
preventable. While the idea isn’t entirely accurate, it changes the mindset of the safety
measures we put in place. By taking a zero-accident approach to workplace health and
safety, we become much more proactive. We can aim to identify and anticipate hazards
before any harm occurs and put policies and procedures in place based on past incidents
and near misses.

14
It would be nice to think that all accidents are preventable. However, in reality, there will
always be some level of error, be it human, technological or even just bad luck. We can’t
foresee every eventuality, every second of every day. But what we can do is be proactive
about trying to prevent accidents. Moreover, by taking incidents and near misses
seriously and investigating the cause we can try to do everything in our power to stop a
repeat incident or worse still an accident taking place in the future.
Reducing Workplace Incidents and Accidents

Ultimately, every incident that occurs provides the potential for a future near miss or
accident. To reduce the number of incidents and accidents that take place, we need to
implement a health and safety program that:
• Identifies hazards – by reviewing employees, tasks, tools and the environment, it
is possible to identify hazards and risks within a workplace.
• Implements controls – by implementing controls, it is possible to minimize the
occurrence of incidents and accidents.
• Investigates incidents – the importance of incident reporting shouldn’t be
underestimated. When an incident is correctly reported and investigated, it ensures
the root cause is found and that additional measures can be put in place to avoid
a recurrence.
Whether you believe that accidents happen or that all accidents should be preventable,
as a business owner, you have a responsibility to protect the health and safety of your
employees. And that means, doing everything you can to reduce the likelihood of
accidents occurring. Ultimately, you can never take workplace health and safety too
seriously.
Unsafe and Unhealthy Acts and Conditions Accident

An occurrence or event that is unexpected/ unforeseen, unplanned and unwanted that
causes:
❖ loss; damage of materials or properties,
❖ injury or death
Accident Theory
When an accident happens, the tasks, services and production will not be accomplished or
will be delayed – this is the basic accident theory.

15
Common Types of Accidents:

◼ fall from height/different elevation or fall on the same level/elevation (slips and trips)
◼ struck against rigid structure, sharp or rough objects
◼ struck by falling objects
◼ caught in, on or in between objects
◼ electrocution
◼ fire
Work accidents cause damages and losses to any company (in terms of resources, time
productivity). It is therefore necessary to prevent accidents from happening.
Accident Causation
Are these phrases familiar to you?

◼ "Oras na niya"
◼ "Malas niya lang"
◼ “Tanga kasi”
◼ “Kasama sa trabaho”
People usually utter the abovementioned phrases or statements when someone gets injured or
dies in an accident. However, these are not the real causes of accidents but mere excuses of
people who do not understand the concepts of occupational safety and health. Accidents are
primarily caused by unsafe and unhealthy acts and conditions.
What will you look for as safety officers?
Unsafe / Unhealthy ACT
◼ A human action that departs from a standard or written job procedure or common
practice, safety rules, regulations, or instructions.
◼ A violation of a commonly-accepted safe procedures and/or processes.
◼ These often happen when a worker has improper attitudes, physical limitations or lacks
knowledge or skills.
Examples of Unsafe Acts

• Operating equipment without authority
• Removing safety devices
• Using Defective equipment

16
• Improper/Non-use of PPE
• Horseplay
• Working while under the
• Influence of alcohol or drugs
Factors Contributing to Unsafe Acts

• Improper Attitude
• Physical Limitations
• Lack of Knowledge or Skills
Unsafe Condition
◼ The physical or chemical property of a material, machine or the environment that may
result in injury to a person, damage or destruction to property and other losses;
could have been guarded or prevented.
Examples of Unsafe Conditions
• Inadequate guards/protection
• Defective tools, equipment
• Congested / blocked exits
• Inadequate warning systems
• Slippery floors
• Hazardous atmospheric condition
• Excessive noise
• Extreme temperature
• Inadequate illumination/ ventilation
•
“The unsafe act is a violation of an accepted safe procedure which could permit the occurrence
of an accident.” “The unsafe condition is a hazardous physical condition or circumstance
which could directly permit the occurrence of an accident.”
The Most Common Unsafe Acts in the workplace include:

• Improper Use of Personal Protective Equipment [PPE]
• Failure to Use PPE - Either willingly or Through Lack of Proper Care.
• Use of Defective Equipment.

17
• Removal, or Failure to Use, of Safety Devices.

• Operation of Equipment at Unsafe Speeds
Can accidents be prevented?
Herbert William Heinrich, an American industrial safety pioneer who worked as an

Assistant Superintendent of the Engineering and Inspection Division of Travelers Insurance
Company, did a study on the insurance claims. After reviewing thousands of accident
reports completed by supervisors, who generally blamed workers for causing accidents
without conducting detailed investigations into the root causes, Heinrich found out that:
✓ 98% - preventable
✓ 88% - unsafe / unhealthy ACTS
✓ 10% - unsafe/unhealthy CONDITIONS
✓ 2% - non-preventable
This study explains the rationale for focusing interventions on changing the behaviors and
attitudes of workers and management towards safety and health.
Accidents and Illnesses:
How do you prevent yourself from performing unsafe/unhealthy acts that will cause
unsafe/unhealthy conditions at work?
It is important to raise everybody’s consciousness to such a degree that we all begin to realize that
our actions affect other people in the workplace, even if these appear to have nothing to do with

18
them. If you agree that we are part of the problem, then, probably we can be part of the solution,
too. OSHC believes that Filipinos are inherently responsible workers. Given the proper
education, training, and the right motivation, we can do our part in making a safe and a healthy
workplace.
❖ Unsafe and Unhealthy Acts and Unsafe and Unhealthy Conditions are in primary
importance in the development and rationale for focusing interventions on changing the
behaviors and attitudes of workers and management towards safety and health.
❖ The implementation of OSH program focusing on a good OSH Management System and
without a focus on at the risk behavior still accidents will take place. OSH Program will
focus on the behavior-based concept in making the workers at the right behavior in terms
of OSH.
MODULE 3
CONSTRUCTION SITE PREMISES
Objectives:
❖ To explain the OSH System integration and the requirements of OSH in a typical
construction site premises.
General Provisions
It is of paramount importance that every workingman must be provide protection against

the dangers of injury, sickness or death through safe and healthful working conditions,
thereby assuring the conservation of valuable manpower resources and the prevention
of loss of lives or damage properties.
Accident Prevention
▪ Real factor in the economic success of any construction job

▪ Methods of prevention are definitely available
▪ Ample evidence shows that it is more than worthwhile
▪ It co-equates to being profitable
▪ It brings and results to lower cost and greater efficiency

19
General Construction Site Requirements
▪ Accident prevention is a legal requirement

▪ Need to have complete understanding between the owner and the contractor
▪ Application of practical experience in running construction jobs is a must
▪ Accident prevention must be an integral part of advance planning
▪ Protection of workers and the public must not be ignored
▪ Applicable government standard regulations must be complied
Examples of Construction Hazards
▪ Open Excavation
▪ Falling Objects
▪ Welding Operations
▪ Dust Dirt
▪ Temporary Wirings
▪ Temporary Overhead Electrical Lines
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY SIGNAGE
Section 9 DO 198-18 – All establishments, projects, sites and all other places where work
is being undertaken shall signage and devices to warn the workers and the public of the
hazards in the workplace. Safety signages and devices shall be posted in prominent
positions at strategic locations in language understandable to all, an in accordance to
OSH Standards on color of signs for safety instructions and warnings, Globally
Harmonized System (GHS) pictograms, construction safety, classification and labelling
chemicals, radiation, safety instructions and warning signs, set by DOLE. All signage shall
also be appropriate quality to ensure their legibility.
Construction premises shall have adequate fire, emergency or danger sign and safety
instructions of standard colors and sizes visible at all times
WARNING/SAFETY SIGN
A visual alerting device in the form of a label, placard or other marking which advises the
observer of the nature and degree of potential hazards which can cause injury or death
➢ Safety Signs and Labels : ANSI Z535.4
➢ Color Codes : ANSI Z535.1
➢ Safety Symbols : ANSI Z535.3
Should alert persons to the following:

20
▪ Specific hazards
▪ Degree or level of seriousness
▪ Probable consequence of involvement with the hazards
▪ How hazards can be avoided
LOCATION
Safety signs shall be placed such that they will:
• Be readily visible to the intended viewer
• Alert the viewer to the potential hazard in time to take appropriate action
PROTECTION
Against foreseeable damage, fading or visual obstruction caused by abrasion, ultra-
violet light, or substance such as lubricants, chemical and dirt.
WARNING SIGNS DIMENSION

S  L2/2000
Where:
S & L= expressed in the same unit of measurement
S = Area of Safety Sign
L = Distance of Observation
PANEL
Area of safety sign having distinctive background color different from adjacent
areas of the sign, which is clearly delineated by a line, border or margin
THREE (3) PANELS PER SIGN
➢ Signal Word
➢ Message
➢ Symbol
Panel Signs
SIGNAL WORD PANEL

Area of safety sign that contains the signal word and the safety alert symbol
MESSAGE PANEL
Area of the safety sign that contains the word messages which identify the hazard,
indicate how to avoid the hazard and advise of the probable consequence of not
avoiding the hazard
SYMBOL/PICTORIAL PANEL

21
Area of the safety sign that contains the symbol/pictorial

SAFETY COLOR CODE
Will supplement the proper guarding or warning of hazardous conditions
Not a substitute for engineering or administrative controls, including training, to
eliminate identifiable hazards
STANDARD COLOR OF SIGNS

SAFETY RED: Fire Protection.
To call attention to fire protection equipment apparatus and facilities
▪ Fire stations and equipment (fire extinguishers, pumps, buckets, hose, hydrant)
▪ Fire extinguishing systems (valves, alarm, sprinkler piping)
▪ Fire protection materials (doors, blankets)
▪ To identify Dangers, stop signals (red lights placed on barricades at temporary
obstructions or on temporary construction; stop button for electrical switches used
for emergency stopping of machinery
SAFETY GREEN: Safety. Designating Safety
▪ Location of first aid equipment; location of safety devices; safety bulletin boards
SAFETY WHITE: Traffic. White, black, or a combination of these are the basic colors
for the designation of traffic and housekeeping marking. Solid white, solid black, single
color stripping or alternate stripes of black and white.
▪ Housekeeping – location of refuse cans; white corners for rooms and passageways,
drinking fountains and food dispensing equipment location
▪ Traffic – location and width of aisle ways; dead ends of aisles and passageways;
stairways and directional signs
SAFETY YELLOW: Caution. To designate caution and for marking physical hazards,
such as striking against, stumbling, falling, tripping and caught in between. Solid yellow,
yellow and black stripes, yellow and black checkers or yellow with suitable contrasting
background
▪ Construction equipment, such as bulldozers, tractors; handrails, guardrail or top
and bottom of treads of stairways where caution is needed; lower pulley blocks and
cranes; piping systems containing dangerous materials
SAFETY ORANGE: Alert. To designate dangerous parts of machines and energized

equipment which may cut, crush, shock or otherwise injure, and to emphasize such
hazards when enclosure doors are open or when gear, belt, or other guards around
moving equipment are open or removed, exposing unguarded hazards
▪ To designate the sign “Do not open or remove” (the inside of movable guards;
safety starting buttons and boxes; exposed parts of gears, pulleys, rollers, cutting

22
device; inside of the box door or cover of open fuse, power and electrical switches
boxes)
SAFETY BLUE: Precaution. To designate caution, limited to warning against starting
use of, or the movement of equipment which is under repair or being worked upon
➢ “Men at Work”
➢ “Under Repair”
SAFETY PURPLE: Radiation. To designate radiation hazards. Yellow is used in
combination with purple for markers, such as tags, labels, signs and floor markers
Where Signages are Needed
▪ Usage of PPE prior to entry to the project site
▪ Potential risks of falling object
▪ Potential risks of falling
▪ Explosives and flammable substances are used or stored
▪ Tripping or slipping hazards
▪ Danger from toxic or irritant airborne contaminants/substances may exist
▪ Contact with or proximity to electrical/facility equipment
▪ Contact with dangerous moving parts of machineries and equipment
▪ Fire alarms and firefighting equipment
▪ Instructions on the usage of specific construction equipment
▪ Periodic updating of man-hours lost
Lighting System
OSHS Rule 1412.06: Lighting of Work Areas: Every work-area and approach thereto,
every place where raising or lowering operations with the use of a lifting appliance are in
progress, and all openings dangerous to workers, shall be lighted with the minimum
requirements provided in Rule 1210.
Lifting of Weights
OSHS Rule 1412.07: Lifting of Weights: For continued lifting, a male worker shall not be
made to lift, carry or move any load over fifty kilograms (50 kgs.) and female workers over
twenty-five kilograms (25 kgs.). Weights over these shall either be handled by more than
one worker or by mechanical means.
Pipelines
OSHS Rule 1412.08: Pipelines: Repair work on any section of a pipeline under pressure
shall not be undertaken until the pipeline is released of the pressure or the section under
repair is blocked off the line pressure to ensure that no worker will be endangered.

23
Protection of the Public
OSHS Rule 1412.09: Protection of the Public: A safe covered walkway shall be
constructed over the sidewalk for use by pedestrians in a building construction work less
than 2.3 m. (7 ft.) from a sidewalk or public road.
Protection from Falling Materials
OSHS Rule 1412.10: Protection from Falling Materials: (1) Steps shall be taken to protect
workers from falling materials, such as the provision of safety helmets and safety shoes.
(2) Tools, objects and materials (including waste materials) shall not be thrown or tipped
from a height, but shall be properly lowered by crane, hoist or chutes. If such is not
practicable, the area where the material is thrown or lowered shall be fenced and no
person allowed in the fenced area.
Protruding Nails and Loose Materials
OSHS Rule 1412.11: Protruding Nails and Loose Materials: (1) Material or lumber with
protruding nails shall not be used in any work or be allowed to remain in any place where
they are a source of danger to the workers. (2) Loose materials shall not be placed or left
on working platforms, gangways, floors or other workplaces but shall be removed,
stacked or stored not to obstruct passage. Materials shall not be stacked in a manner
causing danger to the workers or overload and render unsafe any platform, gangway,
floor, roof or other part of a building or structure.
Protection against Collapse of Structure
OSHS Rule 1412.12: Protection against Collapse of Structure: (1) All temporary structure
shall be properly supported by the use of guys, stays, and other fixings necessary for
stability during construction. (2) Where construction work will likely reduce the stability of
an existing or adjacent building shoring shall be undertaken to prevent the collapse or fall
of any part of the structure.
Safe Means of Access
OSHS Rule 1412.13: Safe Means of Access: Safe means of access and egress shall be
provided and maintained to and from every place where work is undertaken. 1412.14:
Storage of Materials: (1) Building materials and equipment shall not be placed or stored
on a permanent or temporary structure exceeding its safe load carrying capacity. (2)
Lumber structural steel and similar building materials shall be properly stored and secured
against collapsing or tipping. Cross pieces shall be used in a pile of lumber more than I

24
m. (3 ft.) high. (3) Pipes and reinforcing steels shall be stacked in racks or frames
supported to prevent movement. (4) Gangways and platforms shall not be used as
storage for materials and tools.
Storage of Cylinders
OSHS Rule 1412.15: Storage of Cylinders: Compressed gas cylinders shall be stored in
upright position protected against heat and overturning and when not in use, the control
valves shall be covered by protective caps screwed to proper positions.
Traffic Control
OSHS Rule 1412.16: Traffic Control. In construction sites where a worker's safety is likely
to be endangered by a vehicular traffic, flagmen, warning signs, barriers or lane control
devices shall be installed.
Vehicular Loading
OSHS Rule 1412.17: Vehicular Loading: No person shall remain on or in a vehicle during
loading or unloading except those required to be there and only when all necessary
protection against hazards are provided.
Vehicle Driving
OSHS Rule 1412.18: Vehicle Driving: No person shall operate any vehicle or equipment
in a construction site unless he has adequate training and experience to operate such
vehicle or equipment and is authorized by his immediate supervisor.
Internal Combustion Engine
OSHS Rule 1412.19: Internal Combustion Engine: No internal combustion engine shall
be operated in an enclosed area unless: (1) the exhaust gases or fumes are discharged
directly outside to a point where the discharge gases or fumes cannot return to the
enclosure. (2) the place is ventilated to protect workers from exhaust gases.
Personal Protective Equipment
Section 8 DO 198/18 / OSHS Rule 1412.20: Personal Protective Equipment: Personal

Protective equipment as required in Rule 1080 shall be provided the workers.
All PPE shall be of the appropriate type as tested and approved by the DOLE based on
its standards. The usage of PPE in all establishments, projects, sites and all other places

25
where work is being undertaken shall be based on the evaluation and recommendation
of the safety officer.
Worker’s Welfare Facilities

➢ Source of drinking water
➢ Sanitary and washing facilities
➢ Living accommodation
➢ Separate sanitary, washing and sleeping facilities for men and women
Construction Site Housekeeping

 Housekeeping means there is a place for everything and everything is in place. It is
everybody’s business to observe it in the workplace.
• Housekeeping is important because it lessens accidents and related injuries and
illnesses; it therefore improves productivity, and minimizes direct and indirect costs of
accidents/illnesses.
• The 5S is a very practical, simple and proven approach to improving housekeeping in

the workplace.
What are the signs of DISORDER
➢ Cluttered and poorly arranged areas
➢ Untidy piling of materials]
➢ Piled-on material damaging other material
➢ Items no longer needed
➢ Blocked aisleways
➢ Material stuffed in corners and out-of-the-way places
➢ Materials gathering rust and dirt from disuse
➢ Excessive quantities of items
➢ Overcrowded bins and containers
➢ Overflow storage areas and shelves
➢ Broken containers and damaged materials
• Deteriorating housekeeping may be the first evidence of a deteriorating safety and
health program.
Rule 1060 OSHS
Premises of establishments

26
Good housekeeping shall be maintained at all times thru cleanliness of building, yards,
machines and equipment, regular waste disposal and orderly processes, operations,
storage and filling of materials.
The 5S of Good Housekeeping

Seiri (Sort/eliminate)
Seiton (Systematize/organize)
Seiso (Sweep/clean/polish)
Seiketsu (Sanitize/standardize)
Shitsuke (Self-discipline/training)
Why 5S?
◼ Safety
◼ Quality Improvement
◼ Efficiency
◼ Productivity Improvement
◼ Workers feel good in their second home
◼ Easy knowledge of process abnormalities
◼ Work Improvement
◼ Company Image – cleanliness/orderliness/beautification
How is 5S implemented?
◼ Training
◼ Committees
◼ Planning
◼ Self-diagnosis and objective setting
◼ Monitoring
◼ Evaluation
How is 5S sustained?
◼ Continuous promotions
o mascot, logo, slogan contests
o publicity boards
o newsletter
o staff meetings
o monthly themes
o competitions
◼ Benchmarking
◼ External Visits
◼ Implementation Plan

27
MECHANICAL SAFETY
OSHS Rule 1412.04: Machine Guarding: All moving parts of machinery used shall be
guarded in accordance with the requirements of Rule 1200.
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
OSHS Rule 1412.03: Electrical: Before any construction is commenced, and during the
construction, steps shall be taken to prevent danger to the workers or operating
equipment from any live electric cable or equipment either by rendering the cable or
apparatus electrically dead or by providing barriers to prevent contact.
Electricity - a fundamental entity of nature consisting of negative and positive kinds

composed of electrons and protons usually measured in electrostatic units.
It is our most versatile form of energy. Failure to ensure that safe design, considerations,
work procedures, servicing and maintenance operation are established often result in
bodily harm (including fatalities), property damage or both.
OHM’S LAW
Voltage
Current = -----------------
Resistance
By corresponding units of measure:
Volts
Ampere = -----------------
Ohms
How do we distinguish High and Low Voltage?
➢ High Voltage
660 and Up Volts
➢ Low Voltage
1 to 659 Volts
Where do accidents usually happen?
High Voltage or Low Voltage
Reasons:
o It is where the public moves
o Workmen are less experienced
o It is treated less dangerous

28
DANGERS FROM ELECTRICITY

➢ Shock
➢ Burn
➢ Fire
What is electrical hazard?

▪ An electrical source of danger
▪ A potential risk for an electrical accident
What are the types of electrical hazard?
Examples of physical Hazard

▪ Wet floors
▪ Bare or frayed wires
▪ Overloaded circuits
▪ An electrical cord under a rug or trap
▪ Energized equipment with exposed circuits
Examples of behavioral Hazard

▪ Indifference
▪ Lack of knowledge
▪ Working while stressed
▪ Taking shortcuts or risk
RESISTANCE OF MATERIALS
Most metals ………………………...…>0 to 50 ohms
Human body (wet, ear to ear) ………100 ohms
Human body (damp, hand to foot) …400 to 600 ohms
Human body (wet skin) ………….…1000 ohms
Human body (dry skin) ………….…100,000 to 800,000 ohms
Dry wood …………………………….100,000 ohms
Wet wood …………………….……...1,000 ohms
Rubber …………………….100,000,000,000,000 ohms
ELECTRIC SHOCK OCCURRENCE MECHANISM

❖ Breakdown of insulation
❖ Human body comes in contact with bare conductor
❖ Current flows through the human body
EFFECT TO THE HUMAN BODY

• Disturbance to normal body function
• Burns on body tissue

29
• Secondary accident
• Involuntary grip
• Ventricular fibrillation
• Death
FACTORS AFFECTING ELECTRIC SHOCK
• Amount of current flow
• Duration of current flow
• Current pathway
• Body condition
PERSONAL SENSITIVITY TO ELECTRIC SHOCK
• Age
• Skin condition
• Sex
• Heart condition
PROTECTIVE MEANS FROM ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
• Use of grounding system

• Decrease the line to earth voltage
• Use equipment with double insulating structure
• Installation of earth leakage circuit breaker
• Equipment utilizing extra low voltage
• Remote control system
• Proper Installation of Electrical Circuit
• Insulation
• Grounding
• Fuse/Circuit Breaker
• Lock-Out Tag-Out (LOTO)
• Regular Inspection and Maintenance Use of PPE
IMPORTANT REMINDERS
• Strictly follow established standards

• Install temporary or permanent electrical installations properly
• Place warning signs
• Use protective devices
• Replace protective device with the same kind and rating
• Observe proper maintenance schedules
• Conduct regular inspections
• Only qualified personnel are allowed

30
• Use appropriate electrical test instruments

• Always assume that the circuit is energized
• Observe LOTO
• Use insulated tools
• Do not work alone on any part of the circuit
• Use the proper PPE
FIRE SAFETY
OSHS Rule 1412.05: Fire Protection:
(1) Fire Protection equipment shall be, provided in accordance with the requirements of
Rule 1940.
(2) Permanent stand pipe installed in a construction site shall: a. be installed progressively
as the construction work proceeds. b. be provided with a valve at every hose outlet. c.
have a hose outlet to which is connected a hose that is: i. at least 4 cm. (1 1/2 in.) in
diameter, ii. equipped with a combination straight stream and fog nozzle, and iii. installed
in all storeys in locations where every part of the budding shall be protected by a hose
having a length of not more than 25 m. (75 ft.) d. have a connection of the size used by
the local fire department: i. located on the street side not more than 1 m. (3 ft.) and not
less than 0.33 m (1 ft.) above the ground level. ii. to which there must be a clear access
at all times, and iii. protected from mechanical damage.
What is fire?
Fire - is a chemical reaction between a flammable or combustible substance and

oxygen.
It is frequently referred to as “rapid oxidation with the evolution of light and heat.”
To produce fire, three things must be present at the time: oxygen, fuel and heat
Flash point - is the lowest temperature at which it gives off sufficient vapor to form an
ignitable mixture with air and produce a flame when there is an ignition source.
Flammable material – a material having a flashpoint below 100F (37.8C).
Combustible material – a material having a flashpoint at or above100F (37.8C).

31
Principles of Fire Prevention and Control

--- Prevent the Outbreak of Fire
Extinguishments of Fire
➢ Removal of Fuel
➢ Limiting Oxygen
➢ Cooling the Heat
Extinguishing Medium
➢ Class A - Water is the best extinguisher

➢ Class B - Metal cover, wet sack, towel, cloth or blanket, sand and soil
➢ Class C - Main switch is the first consideration. Then what is useful for
A & B can be used here.
Fire Extinguisher
Portable Fire Extinguishers
o First-aid firefighting equipment designed for use on fires in their early stages
o Needed even if the property is equipped with automatic sprinklers, standpipe
and hose, other fixed protection equipment
o Designed to be used closed to the burning materials
Types of Portable Fire Extinguishers
➢ Water
➢ Foam
➢ Carbon Dioxide
➢ Dry Chemicals and Halogenated Agents

32
Sample Checklist for Site Premises
Site Premises
a.) Free of slip, trip or fall hazards.

b.) Free of protrusions such as rebars, nails, etc.
c.) Openings are barricaded or covered.
d.) Passageways have sufficient width for normal movements (at least 28 inches
wide).
e) No electrical flying connections.
f.) Passages are clear and unobstructed.
h.) Unnecessary items are disposed off properly in the work area.
i.) All stacks are stable and secure against sliding and collapse.
j.) Ramps and stairways are adequate width and provided with handrails.
k.) Safe walkway are provided for pedestrians.
l.) Posters and safety signs are posted and provided.
m.) High standard of cleanliness in the workplace.
n.) Illuminated adequately.
o.) Lighting fixtures are clean.
p.) Adequate ventilation.
q.) Portable fire extinguishers are available.
r.) Proper signages are installed where applicable.
s.) Clean and properly maintained welfare facilities.
t.) First aid kit available and adequately stocked.
u.) Safety meetings held periodically.
v.) Job related safety trainings.
w.) Accident reporting procedures established
x.) Substance abuse policy in-place.
y.) Injury records being kept.
z.) Emergency telephone numbers posted
aa.) Traffic routes identified.
bb.) New employee orientation completed.
❖ In this module you have learned the basic OSH requirements in a typical
construction site premises: Safety Signages requirements, Good Housekeeping Program,
Fire Safety Program, Electrical Safety Program, Workers Welfare Facilities and Security

33

Programs are essential in the construction site premises requirements to ensure the basic
requirements of OSH are implemented.
MODULE 4
EXCAVATION SAFETY
Objectives:
❖ To explain the OSH System integration and the requirements of OSH in a typical
Excavation activity in the construction.
❖ To learn the hazards in the excavation activity.
OSHS Rule 1413 is the basis for the excavation safety requirements
Prior to Any Activity Related to an Excavation
1. Prior to opening an excavation, check excavation permit if any.

2. All underground installations (i.e. sewer, water, fuel, electrical and communication
lines, etc., shall be determined, located and protected from any possible damage or
displacement.
3. Trees, boulders, stumps, or other surface encumbrances that are located close to the
future excavation that may create hazards at any time during operations shall be
removed before excavation activity is started.
OSHS Rule 1413.01: Shoring and Timbering
(1) The walls of every excavation over 1 m. (3 ft.) deep shall be supported by adequate
shoring and timbering to prevent collapse, provided that this shall not apply to an
excavation:
a. in which a worker is not required to enter for any purposes.
b. cut in solid rock.
c. the walls are sloped to forty-five-degree (45) angle from the vertical or cut to the
angle of repose.
d. in which a worker is engaged in timbering or other work for the purpose of
compliance with this Rule if precautions are taken to ensure his safety.
(2) Shoring or timbering in excavation over 6.6 m. (29 ft.) deep and those installed to
prevent the movement, collapse of an adjacent structure shall be designed by a structural
engineer and approved by the proper authority.

34
(3) No excavation in an adjacent building or structure shall be undertaken unless steps

are taken to prevent danger to workers.
(4) Before shoring or timbering, the walls of an excavation shall be stripped of loose rocks
or other materials that might slide, roll or fall on workers.
(5) Every excavation over 1 m. (3 ft.) shall be kept free of water at all times.
During Operations
✓ Men working in deep trenches shall wear goggles and hard hats as a protection
against falling objects or materials.
✓ Excavated materials shall be stored and retained at least 1.0 meter from the edge of
the excavation and at a distance to prevent excessive loading on the face of the
excavation.
✓ Boulders or other materials such that may slide or roll into the excavation shall be
removed or made safe.
✓ Do not stockpile materials or store equipment nears the edge of excavation, excessive
loading on the face of excavation will tend to collapse.
✓ Special attention shall be given to side slopes, which may be adversely affected by
weather, moisture content or vibration.
✓ The sides of excavations 4.0 ft. or 1.22 meter or more in depth unless in solid rock,
hard shale, or cemented sand and gravel shall either be sloped to the angle of repose
or be supported by sheeting, shoring or other support systems.
✓ Where it is necessary to undercut the side of an excavation, overhanging material
shall be safely supported.
✓ Pick and shovel men working in excavation/trenches shall keep a sufficient distance
apart so they cannot injure each other.
✓ Where excavations are to be made below adjacent foundations of structures, such
foundations shall be supported by adequate shoring, bracing underpinning or other
supports shall be inspected daily and after every rainstorm or other hazards increase
occurrence by a competent person.
✓ Ground water shall be controlled. Diversion ditches dikes or other suitable means
shall be constructed and used to prevent surface water from entering an
excavation/trenches.
✓ Where pedestrian and vehicular traffic is to be maintained over or adjacent to
excavations, proper safeguards should be provided, such as walkways, bridges,
guardrails, barricades, warning flags or lights.

35
Minimum Berm
OSHS Rule 413.02: Minimum Berm (1) Excavated material shall be kept from the edge
of the excavation to provide a clear berm of a distance not less than one third of the depth
of the excavation. (2) Where the disposal area is limited, a berm of reduced width of not
less than 1 m. (3 ft.) may be allowed, provided the materials being excavated are stable,
the shoring is designed to carry the additional load, and barriers are provided to prevent
roll back of the excavated materials.
Tools Materials and Machinery
OSHS Rule 1413.03: Tools Materials and Machinery

(1) Tools or materials shall be kept a minimum of 1 m. (3 ft.) away from the edge of the
excavation to prevent their being knocked down into the excavation.
(2) No vehicle or other machinery shall be driven, operated or located near the edge of
an excavation at least a distance one-third (1/3) of its depth.
Provision for Barricades
OSHS Rule 1413.04: Provision for Barricades

The top of the walls of an excavation more than 2.0 m. (6 ft.) deep shall be barricaded to
a height of at least 1 m. (3 ft.) to prevent the fall of workers.
Equipment Operations at Excavation

1. If it is necessary to operate power shovels, trucks, materials or heavy objects on a
level above and near an excavation, the sides of excavation shall be sheet piled,
shored and braced as necessary to resist the extra super imposed loads.
2. Excavating or hoisting equipment shall not be allowed to raise, lower or swing loads
over people in the excavation without substantial overhead protection.
3. When mobile equipment is utilized or allowed adjacent to excavations, substantial stop
logs, warning signs, or barricades shall be installed.
4. Do not work too close to the cliff or edge of the excavation. Avoid rework due to cave
in.
5. When starting the machine to move forward and backward, sound the horn or give
signals to ensure safety.
6. Always pay attention to the people around the machine.
7. Always provide a signal man for the safety of the workers.
8. If concrete placement will be done at the excavation, stop logs shall be placed near
the edge of excavation

36
During Break Times

1. Workmen shall never stand or take rest on high banks of soft material where there is
danger of a cave-in.
Means of Access and Escape
OSHS Rule 1413.05: Means of Access and Escape
(1) Every excavation over 1 m. (3 ft.) deep shall be provided with means of access and
escape in case of flooding or collapse of the excavation work.
(2) Every excavation shall have at least one (1) ladder in every 16.6 m. (50 ft.) of length
or fraction thereof, of a length, which shall extend at least 0.83 m. (2’6”) above the top of
the excavation to provide a firm handhold when stepping on or off the ladder.
Access to Excavations
1. Excavations over 1.0 meter deep should be by ramps, ladders and stairways.
Workmen should not jump into the trench and shall not use the bracing as a stairway.
2. Ladders used as access-ways shall extend from the bottom of the trench to not less
than 3.0 ft. or 91. 44 cm above the surface. Lateral travel to an exit ladder shall not
exceed 25.0 ft. or 7.62 meters.
After Operations
1. Guardrails, fences or other barricades and warning lights or other illuminations

maintained from sunset to sundown shall be placed at all excavations.
2. No tools, materials or debris should be left in walkways, ramps, or near the edge of
excavations. Such material might be knocked off or cause a worker to loose his
footing.
3. Guardrails
Inspection and Examination of Excavation
OSHS Rule 1413.06: Inspection and Examination of Excavation

❖ Every part of an excavation over 2 m. (6 ft.) deep where workers work shall be inspected
by the person in charge at least once everyday.

37
h.) Soil, materials and or/ equipment kept or stored at a safe distance from edge of
excavation, minimum 2 feet.
I.) Ladders and ramps every 25 ft.
j.) Excavation barricaded and lighting provided.
k.) Equipment kept a safe distance from edge of the excavation.
l.) Equipment ramps adequate.
m.) Underground piping and electrical lines and identified – adequate support
provided.
n.) Proper supervision – including competent person designated daily inspection.
Excavations
a.) Excavation permits executed.

b.) Proper support structure
c.) No presence of water in the excavation.
d.) Ambient conditions is checked regularly for hazardous substances.
e.) Shoring and sloping for soil type
f.) Adjacent structures properly secured.
g.) Adjacent roads and sidewalks supported and protected.
Supervision and Execution of Timbering and other Work
OSHS Rule 1413.07: Supervision and Execution of Timbering and other Work
(1) Timbering or support for any excavation shall be erected, added, altered or dismantled
only under the direction of the project supervisor.
(2) Timbering and other support for any excavation shall be of good construction, sound
materials, and of adequate strength for the purpose for which it is used and properly
maintained,
(3) All struts and bracings shall be properly secured to prevent displacement.
(4) Timber giving off toxic saps or substance soluble in water shall not be used for
timbering.
OSHS Rule 1413.08: Harmful Dust, Gases, Fumes

(1) When harmful dusts, gases and fumes are present in an excavation to such a degree
hazardous to the safety and health of the workers, all measures shall be taken either by
exhaust ventilation or by other means to free the area of such contaminants.
(2) Internal combustion engine shall only be operated in an excavation when provision is
made to ensure that the exhaust gases and fumes are rendered harmless or discharged
to a point away from the excavation.

38
Excavation in Confined Spaces
1. Check the atmosphere condition before entry

2. Do not work alone in confined space. Provide life line
3. Provide ventilation or blower before entering the confined spaces.
4. Emergency rescue equipment such as breathing apparatus, safety harnesses and
line and basket stretcher shall be readily available where adverse atmospheric
conditions are suspected or may develop in excavations.
Sizes and Spacing of Members
OSHS Rule 1413.09: Sizes and Spacing of Members

Sheating shall not be less than 5 cm. x 15 cm. (2” x 6”) in section, wales not less than 10
cm. x 15 cm. (4”x 6”) in section and struts not less than 10 cm. x 15 cm. (4” x 6”) in section;
the length, section and spacing of timbering members shall be designed considering the
nature of soil, depth and the surroundings.


39
In this module you have learned the basic OSH requirements in a typical
excavation: Shoring and Timbering, Minimum Bern, Tools Materials and
Machinery, Provision of Barricades, Means of Access and Escape.
Inspection program shall be in place to ensure the monitoring of the excavation

site for any abnormalities.
Provision of necessary PPE in any excavation activity.
MODULE 5
HAND TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT SAFETY
Objective:
❖ In the process of removing or avoiding the hazards, workers must learn to

recognize the hazards associated with the different types of tools and the safety
precautions necessary to prevent those hazards.
Hazard Recognition
Tools are such a common part of our lives that it is difficult to remember that they may
pose hazards. All tools are manufactured with safety in mind but, tragically, a serious
accident often occurs before steps are taken to search out and avoid or eliminate tool-
related hazards.
Hand Tools
Hand tools are non-powered. They include anything from axes to wrenches. The
greatest hazards posed by hand tools result from misuse and improper maintenance.
Some examples:
Using a screwdriver as a chisel may cause the tip of the screwdriver
to break and fly, hitting the user or other employees.

40
If a wooden handle on a tool such as a hammer or an axe is loose, splintered, or cracked,

the head of the tool may fly off and strike the user or another worker.
A wrench must not be used if its jaws are sprung, because it might slip.
Impact tools such as chisels, wedges, or drift pins are unsafe if they have mushroomed
heads. The heads might shatter on impact, sending sharp fragments flying.
The employer is responsible for the safe condition of tools and equipment used by
employees but the employees have the responsibility for properly using and maintaining
tools.
Employers should caution employees that saw blades, knives, or other tools be directed
away from aisle areas and other employees working in close proximity. Knives and
scissors must be sharp. Dull tools can be more hazardous than sharp ones.
Appropriate personal protective equipment, e.g., safety goggles, gloves, etc., should be
worn due to hazards that may be encountered while using portable power tools and hand
tools.
Safety requires that floors be kept as clean and dry as possible to prevent accidental slips
with or around dangerous hand tools.
Around flammable substances, sparks produced by iron and steel hand tools can be a
dangerous ignition source. Where this hazard exists, spark-resistant tools made from
brass, plastic, aluminum, or wood will provide for safety.
Power Tool Precautions
Power tools can be hazardous when improperly used. There are several types of power
tools, based on the power source they use: electric, pneumatic, liquid fuel, hydraulic, and
powder-actuated.
Employees should be trained in the use of all tools - not just power tools. They should
understand the potential hazards as well as the safety precautions to prevent those
hazards from occurring.
The following general precautions should be observed by power tool users:

• Never carry a tool by the cord or hose.
• Never yank the cord or the hose to disconnect it from the receptacle.
• Keep cords and hoses away from heat, oil, and sharp edges.

41
• Disconnect tools when not in use, before servicing, and when changing
• accessories such as blades, bits and cutters.
• All observers should be kept at a safe distance away from the work area.
• Secure work with clamps or a vise, freeing both hands to operate the tool.
• Avoid accidental starting. The worker should not hold a finger on the switch button
while carrying a plugged-in tool.
• Tools should be maintained with care. They should be kept sharp and clean for the
best performance. Follow instructions in the user's manual for lubricating and
changing accessories.
• Be sure to keep good footing and maintain good balance.
• The proper apparel should be worn. Loose clothing, ties, or jewelry can become
caught in moving parts.
• All portable electric tools that are damaged shall be removed from use and tagged
"Do Not Use."
Guards
Hazardous moving parts of a power tool need to be safeguarded. For example, belts,
gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other
reciprocating, rotating, or moving parts of equipment must be guarded if such parts are
exposed to contact by employees.
Guards, as necessary, should be provided to protect the operator and others from the
following:
• point of operation,
• in-running nip points,
• rotating parts, and
• flying chips and sparks.
Safety guards must never be removed when a tool is being used. For example, portable
circular saws must be equipped with guards. An upper guard must cover the entire blade
of the saw. A retractable lower guard must cover the teeth of the saw, except when it
makes contact with the work material. The lower guard must automatically return to the
covering position when the tool is withdrawn from the work.

42
Safety Switches
The following hand-held powered tools must be equipped with a momentary contact "on-
off" control switch: drills, tappers, fastener drivers, horizontal, vertical and angle grinders
with wheels larger than 2 inches in diameter, disc and belt sanders, reciprocating saws,
saber saws, and other similar tools. These tools also may be equipped with a lock-on
control provided that a single motion of the same finger or fingers that turn it on can
accomplish turn off. The following hand-held powered tools may be equipped with only a
positive "on-off" control switch: platen sanders, disc sanders with discs 2 inches or less
in diameter; grinders with wheels 2 inches or less in diameter; routers, planers, laminate
trimmers, nibblers, shears, scroll saws and jigsaws with blade shanks ¼-inch wide or less.
Other hand-held powered tools such as circular saws having a blade diameter greater
than 2 inches, chain saws, and percussion tools without positive accessory holding
means must be equipped with a constant pressure switch that will shut off the power when
the pressure is released.
Electric Tools
Power Drill
Employees using electric tools must be aware of several dangers;
the most serious is the possibility of electrocution.
Among the chief hazards of electric-powered tools are burns and
slight shocks that can lead to injuries or even heart failure. Under
certain conditions, even a small amount of current can result in
fibrillation of the heart and eventual death. A shock also can cause
the user to fall off a ladder or other elevated work surface.
To protect the user from shock, tools must either have a three-wire
cord with ground and be grounded, be double insulated, or be powered by a low-voltage
isolation transformer. Three-wire cords contain two current-carrying conductors and a
grounding conductor. One end of the grounding conductor connects to the tool's metal
housing. The other end is grounded through a prong on the plug. Anytime an adapter is
used to accommodate a two-hole receptacle, the adapter wire must be attached to a
known ground. The third prong should never be removed from the plug.
Double insulation is more convenient. The user and the tools are protected in two ways:
by normal insulation on the wires inside, and by a housing that cannot conduct electricity
to the operator in the event of a malfunction.

43
These general practices should be followed when using electric tools:

• Electric tools should be operated within their design limitations.
• Gloves and safety footwear are recommended during use of electric tools.
• When not in use, tools should be stored in a dry place.
• Electric tools should not be used in damp or wet locations.
• Work areas should be well lighted.
Powered Abrasive Wheel Tools
Powered abrasive grinding, cutting, polishing, and wire buffing wheels create special
safety problems because they may throw off flying fragments.
Before an abrasive wheel is mounted, it should be inspected closely and sound- or ring-
tested to be sure that it is free from cracks or defects. To test, wheels should be tapped
gently with a light non-metallic instrument. If they sound cracked or dead, they could fly
apart in operation and so must not be used. A sound and undamaged wheel will give a
clear metallic tone or "ring."
To prevent the wheel from cracking, the user should be sure it fits freely on the spindle.
The spindle nut must be tightened enough to hold the wheel in place, without distorting
the flange. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations. Care must be taken to assure
that the spindle wheel will not exceed the abrasive wheel specifications.
Due to the possibility of a wheel disintegrating (exploding) during start-up, the employee
should never stand directly in front of the wheel as it accelerates to full operating speed.
Portable grinding tools need to be equipped with safety guards to protect workers not only
from the moving wheel surface, but also from flying fragments in case of breakage.
In addition, when using a powered grinder:

• Always use eye protection.
• Turn off the power when not in use.
• Never clamp a hand-held grinder in a vise.
Pneumatic Tools
Pneumatic tools are powered by compressed air and include chippers, drills, hammers,
and sanders.

44
There are several dangers encountered in the use of pneumatic tools. The main one is
the danger of getting hit by one of the tool's attachments or by some kind of fastener the
worker is using with the tool.
Eye protection is required and face protection is recommended for employees working
with pneumatic tools.
Noise is another hazard. Working with noisy tools such as jackhammers requires proper,
effective use of hearing protection.
When using pneumatic tools, employees must check to see that they are fastened
securely to the hose to prevent them from becoming disconnected. A short wire or positive
locking device attaching the air hose to the tool will serve as an added safeguard.
A safety clip or retainer must be installed to prevent attachments, such as chisels

on a chipping hammer, from being unintentionally shot from the barrel.
Screens must be set up to protect nearby workers from being struck by flying fragments
around chippers, riveting guns, staplers, or air drills.
Compressed air guns should never be pointed toward anyone. Users should never
"dead-end" it against themselves or anyone else.
Powder-Actuated Tools
Powder-actuated tools operate like a loaded gun and should be treated with the same
respect and precautions. In fact, they are so dangerous that only specially trained
employees must operate them.
Safety precautions to remember include the following:
• These tools should not be used in an explosive or flammable atmosphere.

• Before using the tool, the worker should inspect it to determine that it is clean, that
all moving parts operate freely, and that the barrel is free from obstructions.
• The tool should never be pointed at anybody.
• The tool should not be loaded unless it is to be used immediately. A loaded tool
should not be left unattended, especially where it would be available to
unauthorized persons.
Hands should be kept clear of the barrel end. To prevent the tool from firing
accidentally, two separate motions are required for firing: one to bring the tool into
position, and another to pull the trigger. The tools must not be able to operate until they

45
are pressed against the work surface with a force of at least 5 pounds greater than the
total weight of the tool.
If a powder-actuated tool misfires, the employee should wait at least 30 seconds, then
try firing it again. If it still will not fire, the user should wait another 30 seconds so that the
faulty cartridge is less likely to explode, than carefully remove the load. The bad cartridge
should be put in water.
Suitable eye and face protection are essential when using a powder-actuated tool.
The muzzle end of the tool must have a protective shield or guard centered
perpendicularly on the barrel to confine any flying fragments or particles that might
otherwise create a hazard when the tool is fired. The tool must be designed so that it will
not fire unless it has this kind of safety device.
All powder-actuated tools must be designed for varying powder charges so that the user
can select a powder level necessary to do the work without excessive force.
If the tool develops a defect during use it should be tagged and taken out of service
immediately until it is properly repaired.
Fasteners
When using powder-actuated tools to apply fasteners, there are some precautions to
consider. Fasteners must not be fired into material that would let them pass through to
the other side. The fastener must not be driven into materials like brick or concrete any
closer than 3 inches to an edge or corner. In steel, the fastener must not come any
closer than one-half inch from a corner or edge. Fasteners must not be driven into very
hard or brittle materials which might chip or splatter, or make the fastener ricochet.
An alignment guide must be used when shooting a fastener into an existing hole. A
fastener must not be driven into a spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory fastening.
Hydraulic Power Tools
The fluid used in hydraulic power tools must be an approved fire-resistant fluid and must
retain its operating characteristics at the most extreme temperatures to which it will be
exposed.
The manufacturer's recommended safe operating pressure for hoses, valves, pipes,
filters, and other fittings must not be exceeded.

46
Jacks
All jacks - lever and ratchet jacks, screw jacks, and hydraulic jacks - must have a device
that stops them from jacking up too high. Also, the manufacturer's load limit must be
permanently marked in a prominent place on the jack and should not be exceeded.
A jack should never be used to support a lifted load. Once the load has been lifted, it must
immediately be blocked up.
Use wooden blocking under the base if necessary to make the jack level and secure. If
the lift surface is metal, place a 1-inch-thick hardwood block or equivalent between it and
the metal jack head to reduce the danger of slippage.
To set up a jack, make certain of the following:
• the base rests on a firm level surface,
• the jack is correctly centered,
• the jack head bears against a level surface, and
• the lift force is applied evenly.
Proper maintenance of jacks is essential for safety. All jacks must be inspected
before each use and lubricated regularly. If a jack is subjected to an abnormal
load or shock, it should be thoroughly examined to make sure it has not been
damaged.

Inspection of hand tools and power tools must be in place.
Hand Tools
a.) Proper tool for each job.

b.) Correct use.
c.) Inspection and maintenance.

47
d.) Neat storage.

e.) Safe carrying.
f.) Tools defects – repair facilities.
Power Tools
a.) Proper operator protection.

b.) Tools and cords in good condition.
c.) Proper instruction in use.
d.) Mechanical guards in place.
e.) Tools stored properly.
f.) Correct tools for the job.
g.) Inspected – maintenance and repair.
h.) Adequate protection for nearby personnel.
i.) Damaged or malfunctioning tools tagged out until repaired or replaced.
k.) All operators are qualified.
l.) Tools protected from authorized use.
m.) Cords included in electrical inspections.
Powder – Activated Tools
a.) Laws and ordinances complied with

b.) Operators qualified – vendor trained.
c.) Controlled storage.
d.) Competent instructions and supervision.
e.) Inspection and maintenance.
f.) Protection of other workers.
g.) Safety goggles or face shield.
In this module you have learned the basic OSH requirements in hand tools and
power tools and the necessary precautions in handling the tools.
Inspection program shall be in place to ensure the monitoring of the hand tools of
any abnormalities and/or defects.
Provision of PPE shall be in place for all the tools used in the construction site.

48
MODULE 6
CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY
MOBILE HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Objectives:
❖ To define what is a heavy equipment and to learn the different types of heavy equipment
and its safe operation.
❖ To learn the what are the hazards of Heavy equipment.
❖ To educate those who work around or operate heavy equipment's.
❖ Know the control measures and programs that should be in place to prevent heavy
equipment-related accidents.
Heavy equipment refers to any machine with engine or electric motor as prime mover with
minimum operating weight and horsepower rating of 1,000 KG and 10 HP, respectively.
(D.O. 13 section 1-L).
OSHS Requirements for Plant and Equipment

OSHS Rule 1416: Plant and Equipment
(1) When the operator of a power-driven crane, shovel forklift truck, front end loader and
similar machinery is exposed to overhead hazards, a cab, screen or other overhead
protection shall be provided.
(2) When any equipment or part thereof is being dismantled, or repaired and a worker
maybe endangered by the collapse or movement of the equipment, blocking shall be
installed to prevent collapse or movement.
(3) When a worker is endangered by the rotation or uncontrolled motion of a load being
hoisted by a crane or similar hoisting machine, one or more guide ropes or tag lines shall
be used to prevent rotation on uncontrolled motion.

49
(4) A friction type clamp used in hoisting materials shall be constructed in a manner that
accidental slacking of the hoisting cable will not release the clamp.
(5) When the operator of a shovel or similar machine is obstructed in the view of the path
of travel of any part of the shovel or similar machine, one or more signal men shall assist
the operator by:
(a) keeping that part of the shovel or similar machine under observation when it is
out of view of the operator, and
(b) communicating with the operator using prearranged signals or where these
signals are impracticable, by audible communication system.
(6) Every lifting jack shall:
(a) have its rated capacity legibly cast or stamped in plain view on the jack, and
(b) be equipped with a positive stop to prevent over travel or where a positive stop
is impracticable, it shall be provided with a device indicating maximum allowable
travel.
(7) Where a vehicle, crane, machine or other equipment is driven in reverse in a location
where a worker or the operator may be endangered, operation shall be directed by
another worker who shall be stationed in full view of the operator and the path of travel.
(8) An unattended vehicle parked on sloping ground or adjacent to an excavation shall

have its brakes applied and the wheels blocked to prevent movement.
(9) A hose supplying steam or air to a hammer or a pole driver or to a drill carriage shall
have attached thereto a wire, rope or chain to prevent the hose from whipping.
(10) Piles or sheet piling shall be adequately supported at all times during hoisting,
phasing, removal or withdrawal and no worker who is not directly engaged in such
operation shall be in the area where the operations are being carried out.
Heavy equipment includes but are not limited to:
• Front-end loaders;

50
• Rubber-tired and tracked

• Crawler tractors
• Bulldozers,
• Skid steer bobcats
• Wheel tractor-scrapers,
• Elevating scrapers,
• Tandem powered scrapers
• Rubber-tired backhoes
• Tracked hydraulic excavators
• On and off-road haulage vehicles
• Asphalt Pavers and associated support equipment - pavement rollers
• Vibratory rollers
• Compactors
• Motor graders,
• Grade tractors,
• Industrial tractors
• Concrete mixers
• Pump trucks
• Special use construction equipment: grinding,
• Pulverizing,
• Milling,
• Water trucks, etc.
Heavy Equipment – What They Do in the Construction Site

51
Dump Truck Haul’s materials and

debris away; delivers
sand or other materials
to a site.
Forklift Moves materials around

a site; unloads trucks.
Grader Makes a roadbed

smooth by dragging a
blade over it.

52
Compactor or Roller Smoothens and

compacts the road with a
heavy roller.
Bulldozer Moves dirt, stones, or

other materials.
Concrete Mixer Mixes water, sand,

gravel, and cement to
make concrete.

53
Crane Lifts heavy things
Tower Crane Lifts beams, pipes, batches

of concrete or other materials
to high places
Mobile Crane Crane that moves on wheels

54
Excavator or Digs deep holes

Digger
Crawler Trucks Prevent the machine from

sinking into the ground
Front-end loader Lifts and transport heavy

materials

55
Backhoe Loader Uses a bucket on the

back for digging and
has a loader on front
for lifting
Cherry Picker Lifts a worker in a

bucket
Outriggers or Keep equipment stable

Stabilizers so it does not tip over
DO 13 – On Heavy Equipment
Section 7.2 (OSHS)

“The General Constructor must provide for one (1) Construction Safety and Health
Officer for every ten (10) units of heavy equipment assigned to the project site, to
oversee the effective compliance with the Construction Safety and Health Program
at the construction project site, in terms of heavy equipment utilization and
maintenance”

56
DO 198 -18 SECTION 14: Safety Officer
Number of Workers Low Risk Medium Risk High Risk
1 to 9 One (1) SO1 One (1) SO2

One (1) SO1
10 to 50 One (1) SO3
One (1) SO2
51 to 99
One (1) SO2 and
100 to 199 One (1) SO2
one (1) SO3
One (1) SO2 and
200 to 250 Two (2) SO2 or one one (1) SO3
Two (2) SO3
(1) SO3
251 to 500
Two (2) SO2 and one
501 to 750 (1) SO3 One (1) SO2 and
Two (2) SO3
Two (2) SO3
751 to 1000 Two (2) SO3
Every additional of 250 or
Additional one (
a fraction thereof - -
1) SO3 or SO4
Every additional of 500 or Additional one (1) Additional one (1)

a fraction thereof -
SO3 SO3 or SO4
• Section 10.1-a (OSHS)

“All heavy equipment operators assigned at the project site must be tested and certified
in accordance with a standard trade test prescribed by TESDA in coordination with
its accredited organization/s”.
• Section 10.2.4-a
“Only duly certified operators shall be allowed to operate their designated heavy
equipment”

57
Section 10: Safety on Construction Heavy Equipment
❖ A specific guide for testing, transport, erection and maintenance of heavy equipment is
formulated. All heavy equipment operators must be tested and certified by TESDA, while
heavy equipment shall be tested by DOLE recognized association/organizations.
❖ Daily routine inspection to be conducted by duly certified mechanics/ operators, routine

inspection by DOLE accredited professionals.
❖ Maintenance of a separate construction logbook for each equipment.
Specific provisions on DO 198 -18
PERSONS PUT AT RISK BY WORKING AROUND, OR BEING NEAR, HEAVY

EQUIPMENT WHILE IT IS OPERATING
DIRECT PARTICIPANTS: (Need to be on site on regular basis)
• Signal Persons, Observers, Floggers, Grade Checkers, Dump Persons.
• Equipment Operators, Teamsters.
• Laborers, Iron Workers and Carpenters.
• Foremen, Supervisors, and other related contractor staff.
• Surveyors, Rod men, Layout Crews.
• Mechanics and oilers.

58
• Any Other Crafts and/or Trades working on the Project, or Passing through the
work areas.
PARTICIPANTS WHO NEED TO BE ON SITE: (On a Periodic Basis)
• Delivery Trucks, Service Providers, (of any kind) - Unescorted on the site.
• Concrete Mixers, Pump Trucks.
• Contracted Services; Crane Rental, Concrete Saw Cutting, Port-to-let Service
Persons, etc.
• Union/Labor Officials.
• Roach Coach Drivers.
• Trash Removal Vehicles..
• Architects and Engineers, Inspectors, Client’s Staff/Owner’s Reps./Guests/VIPs.
• Engineering Service Providers: Concrete Testing, Compaction Testing, Air
Monitoring, etc.
• City, County, State and Federal Officials: (Of all types).
• Vendor Sales Personnel or Product Installation Specialist(s).
• Other Utility Service Providers & Locators: Phone, Gas. Electric, Water, Sewer,
Cable, etc.
• Transportation Industry; Trucking, Buses, Taxicabs, Rail, Ships, Aircraft.
NON-PARTICIPANTS, NO DIRECT NEED TO BE ON SITE:

• Pedestrians, Spectators, On-lookers, Sidewalk Superintendents and the Just
Plain Curious!
• Children (of all ages).
• Job Seekers, (all types).
• Joggers, Bicycle Riders, Skate Boarders, All Terrain Vehicles, Power Walkers.
• Environmentalists independently reviewing compliance with Laws/Restrictions..
• Scavengers, Wood collectors, Junk Collectors, Dumpster Divers.
• Lawyers, Investigators, Thieves, Burglars and Law Breakers.
• The Media: (Depending on circumstances).
Goal and Objectives
• Prevent workplace accidents!
• Prevent personal injuries between moving equipment and those workers who
are on foot.
• You must see an1d be seen!!!
Today’s situation
• Being struck by, or caught in- between, are two of the leading cause of injuries
and fatalities on construction sites!
• Struck by (22%)

59
• Caught in-between (18%)

Why?
• A nation-wide, past history of persons being struck or crushed by operating or
moving equipment.
• The impression that the equipment operator always knows where the ground
personnel are located.
Available Solutions
• Management Commitment
• Workers’ Involvement
• Pre-construction Job Safety Analysis
• Hazard Prevention and Controls
• Equipment Maintenance
• Workers’ Awareness Training
• Periodically Review Procedures
Management Commitment
• Restrict entry onto site of non-essential personnel.
• Establish Controlled Entry Points to site.
• Coordinate Operations of Various Trades Working in the Same Areas.
• Provide Fundamental Site Rules and Training to all Persons at Risk.
• Adequate Lay-Down Areas Established.
Workers’ Involvement
• All workers who are at risk must receive basic indoctrination.
• Absolute need to address problem with employees on a regular basis. (Toolbox
Safety Meetings).
• Workers must learn, follow, and obey established rules.
• Realize that they must see, and be seen.
Pre-Construction Job Hazard Analysis
• Identify Potential Known Hazards.
• Job Conditions: Haul Roads, Access Points.
• Lay down/Storage Areas.
• Office, Tool, Storage and Change Trailers.
• Methods of Construction, (increases Risk?)
• Also Consider: Unwanted side effects of the Job Schedule.
Hazard Prevention and Controls
• Perimeter Fencing, Enclosures, signs.
• Spotters Provided for in-the-blind, backing machines and/or equipment.

60
• Poor Planning Forces Workers to Commit Unsafe Acts! (office trailers, change
trailers, haul roads, parking areas).
• Be Alert; Stay Clear; Hear Warnings.
• Temporary Barricades around Hazards.
Proper Equipment Maintenance
• Machine in Proper Working Order.
• Back-up Alarm, Horn, Lights, Mirrors.
• Cab Glass not Cracked or Broken.
• Machine Windows, Mirrors, Kept Clean.
• Pre-Operational Inspection conducted by Operator.
• Prompt Repair of Any Noted Deficiencies
Workers’ Awareness Training
• Does Your Job Require You To Approach Moving or Backing Machines?
• How does the Operator Know Where You Are?
• Do You Understand all Signs, Markers and Flags? KNOW WHAT THEY MEAN!
• You Must Always Be Alert to Changing Job Conditions and Your Particular
Situation.
Equipment Operator Responsibilities
• GENERAL GUIDELINES:
➢ Safety Features on Equipment, Know How They Operate, and Use Them
Properly.
➢ Systematic Maintenance and Repair.
➢ Trained Operators.
➢ Trained Repair Personnel.
➢ Pre-Operational Inspection of Equipment.
➢ Review Manufacturer’s Operating Manual
• SPECIFIC:
o The Most Dangerous Movement is Backing!

o Know Where your Blind Spots Are.
o Look For People on Foot Around You.
o STOP! When signaled; When waived at Violently; or when In Doubt
o Maintain a Safe Operating Speed.
o Keep Machine Under Control at all Times.
o Take Machine “Out of Service”, if it is Unsafe to Operate.

61
o Make Sure You’re Familiar with the Operating Characteristics of your

Machine.
o Be On the Look-Out for Other Trades Working in the Same Area.
o Be Aware of Other Machines Operating in the Area. Frequently check for the
Location of other Machines. Keep Lights and Backup Alarm in Operating
Condition.
o Allow NO ONE to Ride Outside the Cab for Any Reason!
o Clean Windows and Adjust Mirrors.
o Always inform Appropriate Personnel of any Abnormal Conditions, Defects, or
Changes made in Machine and/or Job Procedure or Conditions.
o Report Unsafe Workers to Supervisor.
o Talk-up Safety with Those Who Work with You. Maintain “Constant
Awareness”.
o Do Not Attempt Repairs or Maintenance that You Do Not Understand.
o Always Check the Mirror on the Blind Side, making Sure of Your Clearance.
(Backing on the Blind Side should be Avoided if at all Possible).
o Learn and Follow Safe Work Practices!
o Have a Signalman Present when Moving In or Out of a Building (or structure).
o Stop Machine Frequently at Night, Walk Around and Inspect Machine, Stay
Alert.
o Clear All Obstacles from the Path of the Machine, Beware of Hazards such as
Wires, Ditches, etc.
Manufacturer’s Recommendations
o Clear all Personnel from the Machine and the Area.
o The Operator Must be Satisfied that No One will be Endangered Before
Moving the Machine.
o Look Behind Machine Before Backing.
Observations
o Small Machines have small blind spots, while large machines have large blind
spots, both can cause serious injury or death!
o The taller and wider the machine, the bigger the blind spot area.
o All Involved must give Constant Attention to what they are Doing!
Danger of being Struck-by, items to consider:

o Revolving Machines; Cranes & Backhoes.
o Struck By Attachments of Machines.
o Crowbar Related Accidents, Hooking and Unhooking.
o Articulated Machines - Pinch Points.

62
o Attaching Home Made Devices to a Machine, Not Approved by Mfg., (Hooks).

Danger of being Struck-by
o The Hazard of a Water Cooler Mounted on a piece of Equipment.
o Storing Crew Lunch Boxes on Equipment.
o Hand Tools Placed or Stored on Mobile Equipment Platforms or Decks.
o Environmental Design of the Machine; Noise Suppression-Vs-Hearing
Protection.
In Defense of the Equipment Operator
o Where Do All these People Come from?
o Machine Design; Not Much Thought given to Persons on Foot in the Working
Area.
o Faster and Bigger Machines; Not as Forgiving as Older, Slower, Machines.
o Can’t See Everything That Goes on Around the Machine.
o Do Persons on Foot Realize the Danger?
o The Operation of the Machine Requires Constant Attention.
o Who is Responsible for Whom?
o What about when I have to Work in Close Proximity to Persons on Foot.
o Persons or Vehicles that Approach the Equipment in My Blind Spots.
o Do People on Foot Look Out for Us?
Driving Conditions
▪ Most equipment operators drive machinery during all types of weather conditions.
▪ Operators should check the ground to make sure heavy equipment can drive on
top of it, such as muddy spots where equipment wheels could sink into the
ground and become stuck.
Operators should also check that the appropriate barricades or personnel are present.
Work Zone Protections

▪ Various concrete, water, sand, collapsible barriers, crash cushions, and truck-
mounted attenuators can help limit motorist intrusions into construction work
zones.
Operators must constantly be aware of other employees who are walking or

▪
working near the machinery.
Operator’s line of sight
▪ Employers should ensure all workers have been properly trained regarding an
operator's line of sight when up in the control seat.

63
▪ Using of horn and lights to warn workers when making sudden turns and carrying
the appropriate weight load on equipment, such as forklifts, to prevent the
machinery from tipping over.
What an operator does not see.
Proper Spotting of Heavy Equipment Operations
▪ Stand away from the equipment and remain in clear view of the operator. Be
vigilant of the operator's blind spots.
▪ Certain locations where there is pedestrian traffic nearby may require more
than one spotter.

64
SAFE WORK PRACTICES: BLIND SPOT
The shaded areas represent the danger zone or “NO-GO-ZONE”.

The vehicle operators view of pedestrian is greatly reduced or obscured altogether.
Light gray is difficult to see and darker area is out of sight of the driver. Know these
areas prior to commencing work.

65

66

67

68
Proper Spotting of Heavy Equipment Operations
▪ Be on the lookout for equipment failure. Small items matter.

▪ As an example, construction vehicles must have two operating headlights
and two operating taillights.
Heavy Equipment Fires
▪ There are numerous potentials fuels and sources of ignition on heavy

equipment.
▪ Flammable solids include plastic and fiberglass components and the

accumulation of material from the environment of the work equipment.
▪ Flammable liquids include: Gasoline, Diesel fuel, Hydraulic oil, Engine

coolant.

69
▪ To prevent injury to personnel and damage to equipment,

do not overfill fuel tank.
▪ Make sure a fire extinguisher is provided when refueling.
▪ Potential sources of ignition in heavy equipment fires need to be evaluated

carefully.
▪ For example, many equipment fires are attributed to electrical faults.
▪ Hot surface ignition.
Tire Safety
Tire Failures:
1. Tread Separation
2. Blowout
3. Flat Tires
Tire Maintenance
▪ Improve vehicle handling

▪ Protection from avoidable breakdowns and accidents
▪ Improve fuel economy
▪ Increase the life of your tires.
▪ Proper tire pressure
▪ Observe tire and vehicle load limits
▪ Slashes
▪ Bulging
▪ Other irregularities
Tire Rotation
▪ For maximum mileage, rotate your tires every 5000 miles (8,000 km). Follow the
correct rotation patterns.

70
Tire Wear – Visual Check
Check for obvious signs of wear. Place a penny in the tire where Lincolns head is in an
upside-down position. If you can see the top of Lincoln’s head, the threads are worn and
needs replacement.

71
Three things to remember:
❖ INFLATE. Check your tire pressure monthly.

❖ Rotate. Rotate tires every 5000 miles (8000 km).
❖ Evaluate. Routinely look for signs of tread wear or damage.
Safe Operations
▪ Safe operation of heavy equipment begins with a common sense, a thorough

walk-around inspection of the equipment and a knowledgeable staff.
▪ All workers should read and understand safety manuals associated with the
equipment being operated, whether driving, guiding or spotting the
equipment.
▪ Each worker plays a crucial role in the safety of the team when working with
heavy equipment.
▪ Conduct a walk-around inspection every time before using the equipment.

Walk completely around the machine and examine each part.
▪ Oil and coolant in motorized machines.
▪ Check the tires, Undercarriage, Dramatic wear, Damage and leaks.
Equipment Operations Checklist
▪ Heavy-equipment operators should conduct pre-operation inspections of all

heavy equipment before driving.
▪ Inspections should include checking for the correct tire pressure, making sure
all controls operate properly and noticing any fuel leaks.
▪ The operator should know the proper procedure in reporting any faulty
equipment to the appropriate supervisor so that it can be repaired.

72
BLOWBAGETS CHECK
It is a visual check up to discover & judge machine’s condition for any

abnormalities with the aid of five (5) senses.
BLOWBAGETS Inspection is performed following equipment checklist and with

each engine stop:
• BATTERY
• LIGHTS
• OIL
• WATER
• BRAKES
• AIR
• GAS
• EWD
• TOOLS
• SELF
BLOWBAGETS INSPECTION ITEMS

73
It is visual checkup to discover and judge machines condition for any abnormalities with the aid
of five senses.
Battery
▪ Check electrolyte level

▪ Check battery post and clamps
▪ Check surface and case
▪ Check wirings and connections
LIGHTINGS
Check conditions of:
▪ head and rare lamps

▪ control and monitor panel indicator
▪ switches and connectors
▪ beacon lamp
▪ wirings and connections
▪ horn function
▪ Working and Cab lamps

74
OIL LUBRICATION
Check oil level and conditions of:
▪ engine oil
▪ hydraulic oil
▪ check for possible contamination of water and fuel
WATER
Check level and conditions:
▪ Water coolant
▪ radiator cap and fins
▪ hoses and clamps
▪ find blade in shroud (cover)
BRAKES
Check level and conditions of:
▪ Brake fluid and container

▪ brake pads
Check conditions of:
▪ Restriction indicator
▪ evacuator valve
▪ air cleaner
▪ housing and hoses
Gas
Check the conditions of:

▪ tank and cap
▪ water separator
▪ filter housing
▪ pumps, hoses and fittings

75
CHECK FUEL IN THE LEVEL TANK
Warning: When adding fuel, never let the fuel will overflow. This might cause a fire. If
you still fuel, thoroughly clean up any spillage. Never use any fuel mixed with kerosene.
▪ If the fuel gauge indicator is at the F position, the tank is full.
▪ If the fuel is low, stop the engine and fill the tank through the fuel filler port.
▪ When adding fuel, remove all dirt from around the cap and be careful not to let
any dirt get into the tank
TOOLS:
Check the availability and conditions of:
▪ Wrench
▪ Jacks
▪ Pliers and screwdrivers
Early Warning Devices
• Ensure all EWD’s are always available on the equipment.
SELF
Check conditions such as:
▪ Certified equipment operator

▪ enough sleep
▪ no medications taken
▪ No alcohol taken

76
CHECK SYSTEM FUNCTION
Safety start and warm up procedures:
▪ check after starting (starting switch on)

This is used to start and stop the engine. When starting the engine, ensure
that the safety lock is “on and or engage” position.
ON: Engine running position
Carry out preheating before starting the engine.
(HEAT: preheating position for glow plug)
OFF: engine stop position
The key can be inserted or removed. The lamps and horn are activated at
this position. The other electrical circuits are turned off.
HEAT: Position for preheating glow plug
After the completion of preheating, release the key and it will return
automatically to the off position.
Equipment Visual Check

77
Console Panel:
▪ Adopted the passenger car’s design

▪ Self-diagnostic function (error codes are shown in liquid crystal panel)
Check Panel Board Gauges and Warning Lamps
▪ The lamp should not light up while the engine is running.

▪ The coolant temperature gauge should be within in the green range.
Service Hour Meter
The service meter records the total number of hours that an engine has been used.

78
This information is used to schedule preventive maintenance or servicing.
The fuel gauge indicates the fuel level and is those found in cars and trucks. “F”
means full, while “E” means empty. Always check the fuel level during your daily
machine inspection.
The engine temperature gauge indicates the engine temperature and is those
found in cars and trucks. “H” means hot, while “C” means cold. Never operate a lift
truck which is overheating. Turn it off and notify your supervisor or maintenance
Department.

79
GENERAL PRECAUTION AND SAFETY PROCEDURES
Compliance with minimum PPE requirements

▪ Goggles
▪ Dust mask
▪ Gloves
▪ Appropriate clothing
▪ Safety shoes
▪ Safety Helmet
▪ Section 8 DO 198/18 / OSHS Rule 1412.20: Personal Protective Equipment: Personal

▪ All PPE shall be of the appropriate type as tested and approved by the DOLE based on
where work is being undertaken shall be based on the evaluation and recommendation of
the safety officer.
CLOTHING AND PERSONAL PROTECTIVE ITEMS
▪ Do not wear loose clothing and accessories.

▪ Always wear a hardhat and safety shoes.
▪ Always check that all protective equipment functions properly before using
it.
▪ Availability of fire extinguisher and first aid kit.
▪ Keep machine always clean.

80
Sample Daily Inspection Checklist of Heavy Equipment

81

82

83

84

85

86
LOCK-OUT TAG-OUT PROGRAM
▪ A lock-out tag-out program if any operators perform maintenance work on

equipment that either;
▪ Exposed them to injury if the equipment is accidentally started.

87
▪ Exposed them to injury if an unexpected release of hazardous energy were

to occur such hydraulic or mechanical movement.
USERS/OPERATORS MANUAL
Monitor the work area to make sure the operator has the adequate visibility and that the
equipment remains stable.
If the frame is not level, the center of gravity wanders towards the edge of the
triangle.

88
If the machine is far enough out of level, the center of gravity drifts beyond the boundaries
of the stability of the triangle and the heavy equipment begins to tip.
Used of Flags in Heavy Equipment Operation

89

90
LOADING AND UNLOADING OPERATIONS

91
Operator’s Qualification and Certification
▪ Vision Test 20/30 in one eye & 20/50 in the other (corrected & uncorrected),
normal depth perception, field of vision & color vision.

92
▪ Sufficient strength, endurance, agility, coordination & responsiveness to

meet the demands of the equipment operation.
▪ Adequate Hearing
▪ No physical defects or emotional disorders.
▪ No evidence of seizures or loss of physical control.
▪ LTO license & TESDA Certificate.
Equipment Licensing, Testing and Training

93
Clear Points / Summary
▪ Heavy Equipment are valuable construction vehicles.
▪ Compared to standard trucks, cargo that is hauled using these vehicles can
be loaded and unloaded quickly with the help of its crane-like attachment.
▪ As with any truck that comes with a boom, operating it has risks. However,
accidents can be avoided through the implementation of some simple safety
guidelines.
▪ Provision of PPE is needed in any heavy equipment operation.

94
MODULE 7
CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY
CRANES SAFETY
Objectives:
❖ To learn the different types of cranes and its safe operation.
❖ To learn the what are the hazards of crane.
❖ To educate those who work around or operate crane equipment.
❖ Know the control measures and programs that should be in place to prevent care
equipment-related accidents.

95
Specific Requirements for Lifting Appliances based on OSHS
OSHS Rule 1415.01: Lifting Appliances
(1) Every lifting appliance including working gear and all other plant equipment used for
anchoring or fixing shall: a. be of good mechanical construction, of sound material and
adequate strength for the load it will carry; b. be properly maintained and inspected at
least once a week and the result of such inspection shall be recorded in a log book
maintained by the employer or user of the equipment, open to enforcing authority.
(2) Any anchoring or fixing arrangement provided in connection with a lifting appliance
shall be adequate and secure to hold the imposed load.
OSHS Rule 1415.02: Brake Controls and Safety Devices
(1) Every crane, crab and winch shall be provided with a brake to prevent the fall of the
load and to control operation when the load is lowered.
(2) Every handle or lever of a lifting appliance provided for controlling its operation shall
be provided with suitable locking arrangement to prevent its accidental movement.
(3) Every lever or handle provided for controlling the operation of a lifting appliance shall
have upon its clear marking to indicate purpose and mode of operation.
VARIOUS TYPES OF CRANES:
❖ Construction Common Usage

◼ Mobile Cranes
▪ Truck Mounted Lattice Crane
▪ Truck Mounted Telescoping Crane
▪ Crawler Crane
◼ Non-Mobile Cranes
▪ Various Types of Tower Cranes
❖ Industrial and Manufacturing Factory Usage

◼ Overhead Cranes
◼ Various Types of Gantry Cranes
◼ Jib & Pillar Cranes
◼ Wall Cranes

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106
Typical Crane Parts:

107

108
DEFINITIONS:
▪ Hoist – an apparatus used to lift/pull-up and eventually lower down materials

▪ Crane – a machine used for lifting and/or moving heavy weights by means of a
movable, fixed or projecting arm, or a horizontal beam
▪ Hoisting Equipment:
➢ Apparatus to raise, lower & transport heavy loads for short distances
➢ Industries use thousands of hoists – electric, air and hand powered
➢ Capacities range variously, from ¼ to 10 tons, from 2,200 to 8,800 tons
➢ Caution: hoists and/or cranes are not intended to lift, support or transport
people
▪ Lifting equipment
➢ Machines and devices specially designed and intended for lifting
purposes.
➢ They are divided into two categories, namely:
▪ Lifting Appliances and,

109
▪ Lifting Gear
▪ Simple machines
➢ Rigid bodies that have a pre-defined motion, which are capable of
performing work
➢ The force applied to these mechanisms causes them to perform useful
motion
➢ It is more efficient to perform work using simple machines rather than
muscular force alone
➢ Levers and pulley wheels are some examples of simple machines.
▪ Levers
➢ Allow a person to lift heavy loads with less effort
➢ Are useful in pulling, hauling or raising loads.
➢ Transfers force from one place to another.
➢ Change the direction of the applied force.
▪ Pulley Wheels
➢ Are applied for lifting, pulling and moving loads
➢ Can change the direction of the applied force.
➢ With two pulleys a heavy load is lifted with less force
➢ Crane hoist blocks are a good example of pulley wheels.
RISK ASSESSMENT:
Lifts can be classified into three categories, namely:

1. Routine Lifts – done by authorized persons whose skills are not yet very high
2. Complicated Lifts – conducted by authorized personnel who are very skillful
3. Critical Lift – performed only after careful engineering planning and conducted by highly
skilled personnel under the guidance of specialized professionals
GUIDING PRINCIPLES:
✓ Safety is of the utmost importance and must always be borne in mind in the design,
selection and use of lifting equipment. Good engineering practice requires a factor of
safety to be incorporated into the design of lifting equipment.
✓ All lifting equipment must be designed, tested and certified in accordance with industry
standards and comply with government safety regulations.
✓ Equipment Certificates are important legal documents.
✓ Only tested and certified equipment must be used and only for its intended purpose and
capacity
✓ Modified equipment must never be used unless it has been approved by the
manufacturer, tested and recertified prior to its application
✓ Compatibility of the various components of the lifting equipment must be properly
evaluated.

110

✓ Bear in mind that different manufacturers use different grades of materials, dimensions
and attachments with different limitations and service requirement for each component
✓ Caution should always be taken to avoid conditions that apply impact and shock loads
on equipment
WARNING:
The use of improvised or uncertified equipment exposes you and the people
around you to risk a potentially serious accident and must be avoided at all times.
OSHS Rule 1415.03: Protection of Crane Driver
(1) Platform for crane drivers and signalers shall be:
(a) of sufficient area,
(b) closely planked, plated and
(c) provided with safe means of access and egress.
(2) Every side of a platform more than 2.16 meters (6.5 ft.) high shall be provided with
guard rails and toe boards.
(3) The driver of every power-driven lifting appliance shall be provided with a cabin
which shall:
(a) afford protection from the weather and falling objects, and
(b) be constructed to afford ready access to operating parts of the lifting

appliance within the cabin and shall be periodically inspected and maintained.

111
OSHS Rule 1415.04: Anchorage and Load Test of Cranes
(1) When lifting appliances are used on soft or uneven ground or on a slope,
adequate measures shall be taken to ensure their stability or undue movement.
(2) No crane shall be used for raising or lowering loads unless:
(a) it is securely anchored;
(b) adequately balanced by a weight properly placed and secured;
(3) Every crane after erection altered or any kind of change shall be tested by the
contractor/ supervisor with the imposition either:
(a) of a load of twenty-five per cent (25%) above the maximum load to be
lifted by the crane as erected at the position when the maximum pull is
applied on each anchorage, or
(b) of lesser load arranged to provide an equivalent test of the anchorages

or balancing arrangements.
(4) A report of the test shall be recorded in a log book to be maintained by the
employer.
(5) The maximum load allowed shall be affixed in a place where it can be readily
be seen by the crane operator.
(6) No crane shall be used or erected under conditions likely to endanger stability

112
Critical Parameters of Crane Operation
• Crane designed capacity

• Total/rated weight & shape of load
• Lifting gear designed capacity & angle
• Boom radius, angle, length if any
• Outrigger position and support if any
• Operator capability
• Signal man position and capability
• Tag man position and capability
• Other personnel and equipment relative position

113
OSHS Rule 1415.05: Drums and Pulleys
Every chain or rope that terminates at the winding drum of a lifting appliance shall be
properly secured thereto and at least two turns or such chain or rope shall remain on the
drum in every operating maximum end position of the appliance.
OSHS Rule 1415.06: Cranes and Derricking Jibs
(1) When the derricking jib of a crane is operated through a clutch, there shall be an
effective inter-locking arrangement between the derricking drum in such a way that the
clutch cannot be operated unless the pawl is ineffective engagement with the derricking
jib and the pawl cannot be disengaged unless the clutch is in effective engagement with
the derricking drum. This requirement shall not apply when the derricking drum is
independently driven and the mechanism driving the derricking drum is self-locking.
(2) The hosting mechanism of a crane shall not be used to pull the load sideways unless
it is ascertained that no undue stress is imposed on the crane structures and its stability
is not endangered.
OSHS Rule 1415.07: Crane Operation and Signaling
(1) A lifting appliance shall not be operated other than by a person trained, competent,
physically fit, and authorized to operate the appliance.
(2) When the operator of a lifting appliance has no clear and unrestricted view of the load
for safe working, there shall be appointed one or more signal men to give the necessary
signals to the operator.
(3) Every signal given for the movement or stopping of a lifting appliance shall be
distinctive in character and the person to whom it is given is able to hear or see it easily.

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125
OSHS Rule 1415.08: Safe Working Loads
(1) Safe working loads shall be plainly marked on every lifting appliance and in case of
a crane with variable operating radius, safe load at various radii of the jib shall be
marked on the jib displayed in the driver’s cabin or fitted with an automatic safe load
indicator.
(2) In every derricking jib, the maximum radius at which the jib may be worked shall be
plainly marked on it.
(3) No lifting appliance shall be loaded beyond its safe working load.

126

127
OSHS Rule 1415.10: Testing and Examination of Lifting Appliances
(1) No lifting appliance shall be used unless it has been tested and examined thoroughly
initially and every year thereafter by a competent person by way of his training and
experience in such work.
(2) No lifting appliance which has undergone substantial alteration or repair affecting its
strength or stability shall be used unless it is tested and thoroughly examined by a
competent person.
• THIRD PARTY INSPECTION
– Accredited agency by DOLE/BWC…

– Yearly or after modification, alteration, repairs or transfer
– Load testing= 125% above the maximum load
–
• INTERNAL INSPECTION
– Before using on site.

– Monthly
– Items:
• Hoisting & lowering

• Trolley travel
• Swing motion
• Brakes & clutches
• Limit-locking & safety devices
• Assembly, foundation & erection
• Control operations
• Running gear & drives
• All other mechanism pertinent to the safe operation of the
equipment
Sample Checklist Used in Crane Inspection

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138
OSHS Rule 1415.11: Hoist
Every hoist way shall be efficiently protected by enclosures and when access to the hoist
is necessary, it shall be fitted with gates. Such enclosures and gates shall extend to 2.16
m. (6’ 6”) except when lesser height is sufficient to prevent the fall of persons and where
there is no risk of any worker coming in contact with any moving part of the hoist, but shall
in no case be less than 2.16 m. (6’ 6”).
OSHS Rule 1415.12: Marking of Safe Working Loads on Hoist
The safe working load or the number of persons that can be carried in a hoist shall be
plainly marked on every platform or cage of the hoist.
OSHS Rule 1415.13: Operation of Hoist
(1) Hoist for the carriage of goods and materials shall be of such construction that it is
operated outside of the cage unless the doors of the cage and the enclosure are of the
interlocked type.
(2) Hoist for the carriage of persons shall have the doors of the cage and enclosure of
hoist way of interlocked type and the cage completely covered and fitted with overrun
devices.

139
Sample Checklist for Hoist

140
OSHS Rule 1415.14: Carriage of Persons by Means of Lifting Appliances
No person shall be raised, lowered or carried by a power-driven lifting appliance except:
(1) on the driver’s platform in case of a crane or a hoist, or
(2) on an approved suspended scaffold, or
(3) when the use of hoist or suspended scaffold is not reasonable, provided that:
(a) the appliance can be operated from one position only;
(b) the winch used is so constructed that when control lever or switch is not held
in operating position, brake is applied and disengages from pawl and ratchet gears;
and (c) no person is carried except in: (i) a chair or cage, or (ii) a safe skip or other
receptacle at least 1 m. (3 ft.) deep, and (iii) measures are taken to prevent the
chair, cage, skip or receptacle from spinning or tipping in a manner dangerous to
any occupant.
OSHS Rule 1415.15: Test and Examination of Hoists
(1) After erection or alteration, every hoist shall be tested and examined every six (6)
months by a competent person and the result of such tests and examination shall be
recorded in a logbook maintained for the purpose.
(2) The logbook shall be made available for inspection by the enforcing authority
Lifting Operation
OSHS Rule 1415.16: Chains, Ropes and Lifting Gears
(1) No chain, rope or lifting gear shall be used unless:

(a) it is of good construction, sound material, of adequate strength, suitable quality
and free from potent defects.
(b) it has been tested and examined by a competent person specifying the safe
working load.
(2) No wire rope shall be used for lifting and lowering of any load if in any 10 meters length
the total number of visible broken wires exceed five percent of the total number of wires
in the rope.

141
(3) No chain, rope of lifting gear shall be loaded beyond its safe working load except for
the purpose of testing.
(4) No chain, ring hook, link, clamp, shackle, swivel or eyebolt altered or repaired by
welding shall be used unless it is tested and examined and its working load specified in
the test.
(5) Hooks for missing or lowering of load shall have devices to prevent displacement of
sling or load.
(6) No double or multiple slings shall be used if the upper ends are not connected by
means of shackle, ring or link of adequate strength or the safe working load is exceeded.
(7) Chains with knots or chains shortened by means of bolts and knots inserted through
the links or by welding shall not be used.
Responsibilities of Lifting Operations Supervisor:
▪ The supervisor has overall responsibility for the lift and must therefore plan all
phases of the operation.
▪ Determine the correct radius load weight and inform the operator.
▪ Ensure the rigging crews are experienced and capable of establishing the weights,
judging distances, heights, clearance, selecting the correct lifting equipment and
rigging the load correctly for lifting.
▪ Ensure the safety of all personnel effected by the crane operation in the area.
▪ Keep the public and non-essential personnel away from area of operation.
▪ Ensure that all personnel involved with the lift understand what is happening and
the all personnel have received a briefing based on the Job Safety Analysis
Responsibilities of Rigger:
▪ Checking the condition of the lifting gear and attachment points.
▪ Attaching and removing the load from the crane in a safe manner
▪ Instructing the crane operator to lift and lower the load
▪ Crane Operator

142
▪ Checking the condition of the crane and ground at the point that the crane is
working.
▪ Operating the crane in accordance with the instructions of the rigger

143
Rigger’s Responsibilities - Calculation of Capacity
Operator’s Responsibilities:
▪ Manufacturer's operating manuals are supplied with the machine and contain
important information concerning correct use and operation of the crane.
▪ They contain information such as;
o The operating instructions
o Load capacity charts
o Test and maintenance requirements
Operator’s Responsibilities - Load Chart:
▪ Manufactures load charts are based on design capacity and safety factors.

144
▪ The rating charts on most cranes have a bold line or shaded area dividing the
charts into two segments. This shows the operator which capacities are limited by
structural strength and which are based on stability of the Machine.
▪ Ratings above the line are based on structural strength and the ratings below the
line are based on stability of the machine. If a crane is overloaded in one case a
structural or mechanical component of the crane will fail and in the other case the
crane will tip over.
▪ Load charts contain a large amount of information which must be thoroughly

understood by the operator.
▪ With a known load the operator can determine the correct radius and boom length
to enable the load to be lifted safely to the desired position.
▪ When working at boom lengths or radii between the figures shown on the load
capacity chart, the next lower capacity rating should be used.
Rigging Plan - [Permit System]
Before making a critical lift, a critical lift plan, prepared by a qualified person such as the crane
operator, supervisor, or rigger, should be considered. The lift plan should be documented in writing
and made available to all personnel involved in the lift. The critical lift plan is often inlcudes the following
information:

145 145
▪ Description of the lift
▪ Crane position and configuration
▪ Lift height
▪ Load radius
▪ Boom length and angle
▪ Size and weight of the load
▪ Percent of cranes rated capacity
▪ Personnel involved
▪ Rigging plan
▪ Communication method
▪ Ground conditions
▪ Environmental conditions
▪ Inspection procedures
▪ Procedure for hoisting personnel
PRELIFT REVIEW
A prelift meeting involving the participating personnel should be conducted prior to making critical lift. The
critical lift plan should be reviewed to ensure the project team is prepared to safely conduct the lift.
Whenever feasible, a practice lift with similar crane configurations and load conditions should be conducted.
Practice lifts should always be performed by the same crew, using same lifting equipment, as those used
for critical lift.

146 146

147 147

148 148

149 149

150 150
Sample on How To Calculate SWL

151 151

152 152

153 153

154 154

155 155

156 156

157 157
In this module you have learned the basic OSH requirements in crane operation and the
necessary precautions in lifting.
Inspection program shall be in place to ensure the monitoring of crane of any

abnormalities and/or defects.
Provision of PPE shall be in place for crane operation in the construction site.

158 158
MODULE 8
FALL PROTECTION IN CONSTRUCTION
Objectives:
o To learn the basic of fall protection system in the construction.

o To learn the proper maintenance of a fall protection equipment.
Construction work is traditionally a hazardous occupation, wherein various work phases

involved have their own corresponding hazards. Since majority of the work is located in
high places, falls are so significant and need a lot of attention. Most falling accidents
could be traced in excavation, scaffolding, ladder, temporary structure, roofing and
opening. Likewise alarming, are falling materials that cause damage to properties and
even serious injuries and death to pedestrians.
In 1997, the construction industry accounts for 478 work accident cases involving 16,575
construction workers, an estimated cost of P 497,743.23 & a man-hour lost of 39,780.00.
In 1996, of the 479 accident cases reported, 194 or 40.50% were classified as struck/hit
by falling objects & fall from heights with 52 (11 %).
Evaluating the Risk
The Occupational Safety and Health Standard (OSHS) requires that a worker must be
protected from falling a vertical distance of 6 meters (20 ft) or more. Thus, it is
important to undertake a complete risk evaluation in each phase of the construction
work in order to identify potential sources of fall accidents. This evaluation can be done
in the form of a job hazard analysis, where the work task is broken down into a number
of distinguishable steps. The steps are then analyzed to determine the hazards and
identify preventative measures to protect against the hazards. It is important to
regularly review and update the job hazard analysis, especially if there are changes in
the work environment or new technology, equipment and machines are introduced.
Categories of Fall
Fall accidents can be classified as, fall…
➢ to work surface
➢ against an object
➢ from moving vehicle/equipment
➢ from stairs, ramps, and ladders

159 159
➢ from edge of work level

➢ into/through an opening
➢ from one work level to the other
Control Measures
Ideally, the choice of a protection system will be one that removes the risk of falling
entirely. For example, it is preferable to provide a fixed barrier to prevent a worker from
falling, then personal protective equipment (safety harness and lifeline). In this way, the
worker is never in a position where an actual fall may occur. Otherwise, the worker must
rely on the personal protective equipment system to safely arrest the fall.
Fall Protection Systems Categories
1. Surface protection (non-slip flooring)

2. Fixed barriers (handrails, guardrails)
3. Surface opening protection (removable covers, guardrails)
4. Travel restraint systems (safety line and belt)
5. Fall arrest systems (safety line and harness)
6. Fall containment systems (safety nets)
1. Surface Protection Against Slipping & Tripping Hazards
Ensure that good housekeeping practices are instituted at the workplace. It is

important to keep the work area free of equipment and materials that are not required
for the task at hand. Oil spills, mud, scraps & other debris must be cleared up
immediately.
Floors that may become slippery due to the work operations should be provided with
a non-slip type surface or coating that will provide a secure walking surface. Footwear
with special soles may be also required.

160 160
2. Edge Protection Using Fixed Barriers
A fixed barrier must be capable of stopping a worker from proceeding past the edge
of a work level or into a floor opening. Barriers may be permanent or temporary,
depending on the circumstances at the workplace. Types include: guardrails,
handrails, warning barriers, & ladder cages.
a. Guardrail - is a permanent or portable structural system consisting of a top rail,

mid-rail and toe board secured to vertical posts intended to stop a worker from
inadvertently stepping off a working level and falling to a level below. Variations
of guardrail include: wood slat, wire rope, steel frame, safety fencing, tube and
clamp, perimeter netting and others. Any of these variations is acceptable, as long
as the system meets the basic design specifications.
Guardrail
Toprail – 0.95m – 1.15m
Midrail, halfway bet. work surface
& toprail
Toe board 15 cms. from the platform
Vertical upright be spaced not more than 2.0 m apart.

161 161
Guardrail specifications include:

• At least 1m from the floor level to the upper surface of the top rail
• Vertical post should be at least 2 meters apart
• The complete structure shall be capable of withstanding a load of at least 100 kgs.
applied from any point of the top rail.
• Toe board shall be at least 15 cm. (6 in.) in height. It shall be not more than 6 mm.
(0.3 in.) clearance above the floor level.
• For wood railings - top rails & post of at least 5 cm. X 10 cm. & immediate rails of
at least 5 cm. X 5 cm. or by 2 cm. x 10 cm.
• For pipe railings - top rails & post of metal pipes of at least 30 mm. Diameter.
For structural metal railings - top rails & post of angle iron of at least 38 mm. x 38
mm. x 5 mm. & intermediate railings of angle iron of at least 32 mm. x 32 mm. x
3mm.
All working platforms, runways, and ramps from which workers are liable to fall a
distance of more than 2 meters (6 ft), a strong guardrail shall be provided. Prior to
and during the installation, it is essential that a safety harness and an independent
lifeline, properly secured to an adequate fixed anchor is used by each and every
worker who may be exposed to the risk of falling.
Note: Where a guardrail is temporarily removed, warning signs or warning tape

should be used to mark off the hazard area.
b. Warning Barrier - is used to indicate to workers that they are approaching a

hazardous work area, where a potential to falling exists. The warning barrier is
used where it is not reasonably practicable to provide fixed barrier protection, or a
guardrail has been temporarily removed from an area.
This system may utilize a cable, rope, or a fence system that is set up at least 2
meters from the work surface opening or edge. The effectiveness of this type of
system is increased when high visibility flagging or other means is used to mark
the warning barrier.
Note: A warning system is not a substitute for guardrailing as it is usually of lesser

strength and offers no protection to the worker who must go near the edge of a
work area. Workers who are required to go beyond the warning barrier must use
a travel restraint or fall arrest system. Lifelines must not be tied to the warning
system or barricade.
c. Handrail - on the open side of stairs, ramps and other similar means of access,
proper handrail must be provided. These serve as both a physical barrier and
d. a means of support to a worker moving up and down the accessway. Handrails

should be designed the same as a guardrail.

162 162
e. Ladder Cage - is a permanent structure attached to a ladder that provides a barrier

between the worker and the surrounding space. It serves as a support to a worker,
if he needs to rest against the barrier. The worker would be able to secure to the
rung or side rail of the ladder at any time during the climbing of the ladder.
However, it does not provide complete fall protection on its own. It should be used
in conjunction with a full body harness and lanyard.
3. Surface Opening Protection - Guardrails/Floor Coverings
Surface openings in floors and other walking surfaces where workers have access,
must be protected by guard railing or secured wood or metal covers. The covering
must be capable of supporting all loads to which it may be subjected. The covering
must also be identified to indicate that there is an opening below.
When plywood is used to cover openings, the minimum thickness shall be 19mm
(3/4") with proper support for the plywood.
If work must be undertaken near unprotected openings from which a worker could
fall 2 meters or more, access must be restricted to workers who are wearing full
body safety harnesses and lifelines secured to proper anchorage. As soon as the
necessary work is completed, the opening should be protected by guardrailing or
adequate covering.
Remember: If a fixed barrier or surface cover is removed for any reason, proper travel
restraint or fall arrest systems must be provided for any worker who becomes at risk
of falling.
4. Travel Restraint Systems - Safety Belts/Lifelines/Lanyards/Anchorage
A travel restraint system is intended to limit a worker's movement so the worker is

unable to reach a location where there is a risk of falling.
The restraint system is made up of a safety belt (or safety harness), lifeline and/or
lanyard and anchor. The safety belt is secured to a lifeline having a fixed length that
is attached to a secure anchor. The length of the lifeline is such that the worker can
only proceed to within approximately 1 meter of an opening or edge. Under no
circumstances should a travel restraint system be rigged so that a worker is in a
position to fall.

163 163
5. Fall Arrest Systems
Personal Fall Arrest System. A system used to arrest an individual’s fall. It consists of a
substantial anchorage, connectors, fall body harness, and may include a lanyard,
deceleration device, lifeline. Scaffolders shall continuously wear a full-body harness with a
shock absorbing lanyard while erecting, altering, or dismantling a scaffold.
(Section 1414.12, sub-section 12.1.1a)
A fall arrest system differs from a travel restraint system. Unlike travel restraint, a fall
arrest system does not prevent a fall, it reduces the chance of injury when a fall takes
place.
A complete fall arrest system consists of an anchorage point, lifeline, fall arrestor,
lanyard, shock absorber, and full body safety harness.
Note: A fall arrest system must be rigged to limit the fall of a worker to a maximum of
1 meter (3 feet).
Specifications for a Fall Arrest System
a. Anchorage point - anchorage points shall be located as high as equipment

permits it, as it is dangerous to work above the point of anchorage. Belt anchors
shall be made of metal of metal machined from bar stock, forged or heat treated,
capable of supporting a pull of 2730 kgs. (6,000 lbs.) applied in any direction. If the
anchor is exposed to the elements, it must be corrosion resistant.
b. Lifeline - This is the part of the system that is attached to the anchor point and the
user of the system. Lifelines must have sufficient strength to support a weight of
1140 kgs. (2,500 lbs.) without breaking. Lifelines must be properly secured to the
anchorage point and be protected from abrasion or damage along their full length.
Lifelines may run vertically or horizontally (installed between two or more anchors),
depending on the application. Temporary lifelines are made of wire or synthetic
rope. Permanent systems may be made of rigid steel or aluminum rails, wire ropes,
or similar materials.
c. Fall arrestor (rope grab) - This is a device that automatically locks onto the lifeline
when a fall occurs. It is fitted between the lifeline and lanyard and normally slides
freely on the lifeline until there is a sudden downward motion. When this sudden
motion occurs, the fall arrestor "grabs" the lifeline and holds firmly. Fall arresting
mechanisms are also built into retractable lifeline devices, which play out and
retract as necessary, but hold fast in the event of a fall (similar to a seat belt in an
automobile).

164 164
d. Lanyard - A lanyard is an approved device located between the fall arrestor and
the worker's safety harness. Lanyard must incorporate a shock absorber and be
fitted with double action devices.
e. Shock absorber - This is a device that limits the force applied to the user when a
fall occurs by serving as a ‘deceleration device’. It is designed to absorb the kinetic
energy of the fall as the worker is stopped. The shock absorber prevents both
injuries to the worker and the amount of force transferred to the lifeline and anchor.
A shock absorber may be a separate device or built into the lanyard design.
f. Full body safety harness - This is a device designed to contain the torso and
pelvic area of a worker and to support the worker during and after a fall. Body
type harnesses of the parachute type should be used. The harness should be
connected to the lanyard or lifeline at the dorsal (back) position. If a lifeline and
rope-grab device is used on steeply sloping surfaces, the user needs to have the
device located in front. This will allow safe manual operation of the mechanism

165 165
Guidelines concerning the use of personal fall arrest systems.
❖ Check that all personal fall arrest system components meet the standards. Each full body
harness (including D-rings, lanyards and snap-hooks, lifelines, and other components)
must be tested, passed and certified by DOLE.
❖ If use, attach your personal fall arrest systems by lanyard to a vertical lifeline, horizontal
lifeline, or overhead structural anchor point that is capable of supporting 2,300 kilograms.
❖ Tie your lanyards off, if feasible, to an anchorage point or lifeline that is high enough
(preferably above shoulder height) to prevent from free falling more than 2 meters or (6
ft.), or striking any lower level if you should fall.
❖ Your lanyards must be no longer than 2 meters. Two or more lanyards may be connected
(hook to eye), provided the total possible free fall distance is not more than two (2) meters.
❖ To prevent rollout, attach a locking-type snap hooks or carabineers with self-closing and
self-locking keeper to the end of each lanyard. Make sure D-rings and snap hooks are
compatible.

166 166
❖ When you use lifelines, fasten them to fixed safe points of anchorage that are capable of
supporting 2,300 kgs. They must be independent, and shall always protect them from
sharp objects and abrasions.
❖ Make sure that horizontal and vertical lifelines are made from 10 mm (3/8-inch) minimum
diameter wire rope. Do not use other materials, such as manila, nylon, or polypropylene
rope, for a lifeline.
❖ Install horizontal lifelines at the highest feasible point, preferably above shoulder height.
Maintain horizontal lifelines with a sag at the center that is not greater than 300 mm for
every 10 meters of lifeline length between the points of attachment.
❖ So that prompt assistance can be provided in the event of a fall, supervisors must ensure
continuous monitoring of employees wearing personal fall arrest system.
❖ Never use personal fall arrest system components for any other purpose. Never re-use a
personal fall arrest system after it stops a fall, or if any system component shows any sign
of damage.
6. Fall Containment Systems
a. Safety Net - where it is impractical to provide a fixed barrier or fall arrest system,
an alternate solution is the provision of safety nets. Safety nets are used most often
where it is difficult or impossible to arrange for guard railing or to provide a proper
anchoring and lifeline system for fall arrest. The most common applications for
safety nets are bridge work and structural steel erection.
Safety nets requirements include:

✓ It must be constructed of materials of sufficient strength to catch a falling person or
debris.
✓ There is sufficient tension and clearance to prevent a falling person against
contacting any surface or structure below the net.
✓ It shall be installed so that it extends 2.5 m. (8 ft.) beyond the edge of the work area
& not further than 7.5 m. (25 ft.) below the working surface.
✓ No welding or oxy cutting is performed above safety nets.
✓ Nets are inspected after installation, relocation or repair.
✓ Perimeter safety nets are in position before any work is commenced.
b. Safety Mesh - Safety mesh, which is securely fixed, provides fall protection for
roof installers and offers long term protection against falling for maintenance and
repair works. Safety mesh should be used in conjunction with appropriate edge
protection, guardrails or fall arrest systems and devices. However, it should not
be used for access to or egress from a work area or as a working platform.

167 167
Note: When installing safety net or safety mesh, elevating work platforms, scaffolding
or fall arrest systems should be used.
This module we know the importance of basic of fall protection system in the
construction.
Proper maintenance of a fall protection equipment is necessary to ensure the all

equipment is in good condition when in use.

168 168
MODULE 9
TEMPORARY STRUCTURES
(SCAFFOLDING SAFETY)
Objectives:
❖ To educate the participant on the safe use of scaffolding.

❖ To learn the different type of scaffolds.
❖ To learn the hazards of scaffold erection and dismantling.
❖ To learn the scaffold erection techniques.
❖ To learn the scaffold dismantling techniques.
“Scaffold” refers to a temporary or movable platform supported on the ground or

suspended, used for access and/or working at considerable heights above ground. (D.O.
128, section 1414.01-Definition of terms)
Department Order No. 128 -13: Amending Rule 1414 of the 1989 Occupational Safety
and Health Standards, As Amended.
OSHS Rule 1414: Scaffoldings
(1) Every scaffold shall be of good construction of sound materials and strength for the
purpose for which it is intended.
(2) Timber used for scaffolds shall be in good condition, the bark completely stripped off,
and not painted or treated in any manner that defects cannot be easily seen.
(3) All materials and parts of scaffold not in use or intended for re-use shall be kept under
good condition and separate from other materials unsuitable for scaffolds.
(4) Timber/bamboo scaffoldings shall be limited to a height of 20 meters from the ground
or base provided that, over a height of 10 meters, the scaffolding and all other installations
constructed over the scaffolding shall be designed by a structural engineer and duly
approved by the appropriate authority.
(5) At heights over 20 meters, structural metals should be used designed by a structural
engineer and duly approved by the appropriate authority.

169 169
(6) Structural steel when used as load bearing members of scaffolding shall be
destressed at welded or bent joints and design construction approved by the proper
authority.
Hazards in the Use of Scaffolding

• Fall of person from height
• Fall of materials and objects from height
• Collapse of scaffold
• Overloading of the scaffold
• Safe access not provided
• Electrocution
Selection of a Scaffolding System --- Basic consideration

• Weight of workers, tools, materials and equipment
• Site conditions

170 170
• Height of scaffold
• Type of work that will be done
• Duration of work, Weather conditions
• Requirements for pedestrian traffic
• Means of access to the scaffold
• Configuration of the building or structure being worked on
• Special erection or dismantling circumstances
Classification of Scaffolds
• Supported Scaffolds are platforms supported by legs, outrigger, beams,
brackets, poles, uprights, posts, frames, or similar rigid support.
• Suspended Scaffolds contains one or more platforms suspended by ropes or
other non-rigid means from an overhead structure.
Design Requirements
• Poles, legs, posts, frames, and uprights must be plumb and braced to prevent
swaying and displacement.
• Mobile or Rolling Scaffolds.
Scaffolds, which need to be moved frequently are often equipped with castors or
wheels.
• Capacity: Support own weight and 4X the maximum intended load

➢ Suspension Rope & hardware 6X the maximum intended load
➢ Designed by a structural engineer
o Metal scaffolds with heights > 20 m
o Timber & Bamboo scaffolds with heights > 10 m but limited to 20m high
only
Platform
o Fully planked and decked
o No more than 1” gap
o Platforms Length < 3m (10 ft.) Extension < 30cm or (12 in.)
Platforms Length >3m (10 ft.) Extension < 45cm or (18 in.)
o Platform overlap at supports only
Overlap Length > 30 cm (12 in.)
o Deflection < 1/60 of span, L
Platform Span
o Maximum Intended Nominal Load (psi)
o Maximum Permissible Span Using Full Thickness Undressed Lumber (Ft)
Criteria for Supported Scaffolds

o Higher than 4:1 ratio, should be restrained from tipping by ties and braces.

171 171
▪4:1 height from bottom and top most

▪Vertically:
– every 20 feet for scaffolds 3 feet wide
– every 26 feet for scaffolds more than 3 feet wide
▪ Horizontally every 30 feet from one end
Firm Support
▪ Jack Base Requirement Not More than 2/3 of height
▪ Jack Base Fixed to Mudsills
o OUTRIGGER SCAFFOLDS
▪ Inboard end shall be at least 1 ½ times the outboard end in length
▪ Fulcrum point at least 15 cm (6 in.)
Suspended Scaffolds:
• Support Device rests on surfaces capable of supporting at least four times the load
imposed
• Counterweights
➢ Must be able to resist at least four times the tipping moment
➢ Secured mechanically to outrigger arm
➢ Made of non-flowable materials
➢ Tiebacks must be installed
• Guardrails or personal fall arrest system or both
Suspension Ropes:
o Support at least 6 times maximum load
o Drum hoists must contain at least 4 wraps of rope at the lowest point
o Wire rope must be replaced under the following conditions:
▪ 6 randomly broken wires in one rope lay or three broken wires in one
strand in one lay
▪ One third of the original diameter of the outside wires is lost
▪ Heat damage
▪ Physical damage such as kinks, flattening
Safety Considerations
• Fittings and Accessories

o To install all the parts, fittings and accessories
• Base Plates and Screw Jacks

Rule of thumb is to use the 2:1 ratio, the outside (visible) length of exposed screw to
inside screw length.
• Erection and Dismantling

o By trained personnel only

172 172
• Dismantling
o Proceed in reverse order to its erection
o Workers should wear a safety harness and lanyard tied off to a secured
anchor before attempting to loosen stuck or jammed parts.
o Do not hammer or pry apart the scaffold components.
• Training Areas
o Nature of Electrical, Fall & Falling Object Hazards
o Correct Procedure for protection
o Proper use of scaffolds
o Load capacities of scaffolds
o Inspection
Clearance from Power Lines

Insulated Lines (Voltage) Minimum Distance
Less than 300 volts 3 feet (0.9 m)
300 volts to 50 kv 10 feet (3 m)
more than 50 kv 10 feet (3 m) plus 0.4 inches for each
RULE 1410: OSHS
• Scaffoldings
o Good construction, sound materials and strength.
o Timber – not painted
o Timber/bamboo – max. 20m height, over 10 meters shall be designed by
structural engineer and approved by appropriate authority.
• Bamboo Scaffolds – used for painting and light construction works.

o To carry four times the imposed load
o Only one worker per span
o Maximum span = 8 feet
RULE 1410: OSHS
• Maintenance - Properly maintained

• Supervision and Inspection
o Scaffolds shall be erected, altered or dismantled only under the supervision of
competent person.
o Inspection before use

173 173
o Lumber with 2 nail-holes along its width and 4 nail-holes along its length shall
be discarded.
COMPETENT PERSON
An individual capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards or working

conditions that are hazardous or dangerous to employees, and has authorization
to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate or control these hazards.
RULE 1410: OSHS
• Platforms, Runways and Ramps with a fall of more than 2m shall be;
o Provided with guardrails
o Free from obstructions, rubbish, projecting nails
o Securely fastened and braced
o At least 2” thick planks
• Slope of runway or ramp shall not exceed 2:3
LADDERS
o Used as work platform only when in use of small hand tools and handling of light
materials.
o Shall be of sufficient length and be placed such that worker will not stretch
o Damaged ladders shall be removed and tagged “unsafe” or “destroyed”
o Positioned at 1horizontal to 4 vertical; With handhold of at least 2.5 feet
Do’s and Don’ts

o Don’t stand length of tubes or frames against wall, and then leave them
unattended.
o Don’t straighten deformed tubes or frames by heating. Excessively bent tubes
should be discarded.
o Don’t use excessively corroded tubes or frames
o Don’t mix different systems in the same scaffolds.
o Use sufficient quantity of components for scaffolds.
LOADING:
o Don’t overload any scaffold or platform
o Spread out the load on a platform. If necessary, place concentrated load as near
the standard as possible.

174 174
CONSTRUCTION:
o Scaffolds should be plumbed as well as leveled
o Place scaffold standards or frames systematically on sole boards.
o Don’t use bending stresses to scaffold members.
o Arrange tubes so that they converge at the same nodal points.
o Don’t cover a scaffold with a sheeting unless it is designed to be used for such
purpose.
o Insert a temporary tie or brace before removing any tie or brace from the scaffold.
o Replace tie or brace after you have finished your job.
o Remove all materials and loose objects from a mobile scaffold before moving the
scaffold.
o Don’t ride on a mobile scaffold. Push only from the ground level.
DISMANTLING:
o Don’t throw scaffold members from height.
o Don’t dismantle the scaffold unless you know the sequence. Instability and
collapse may result from the removal of the wrong tie or the premature removal of
certain members.
Sample Checklist for Scaffolding

175 175

176 176
Scaffold Erection
The Occupational Safety and Health Standards which is reinforced with RA 11058, an
Act strengthening the compliance of OSHS of which D.O. 128-13 “amending rule 1414,
Scaffoldings is part of that Standards. The standard stipulates the policies and regulations
regarding scaffold foundations, clearances, working platform, material specifications and
the manner of installation to ensure that temporary structures or scaffolding will be strong
and stable.
HAZARDS ASSOCIATED IN SCAFFOLD ERECTION
❖ Fall of person from height

❖ Fall of materials and objects from height
❖ Collapse of scaffold
❖ Overloading of the scaffold
❖ Electrocution
❖ Burn
❖ Back injury due to manual handling & lifting of materials
Fall of person from height, this hazard exists due to the following working condition:
❖ Safe access not provided

177 177
❖ Improper work platform

❖ Absence of fall protection equipment;
❖ Incomplete & improper guard rail system
❖ No personal fall arrest equipment
Fall of materials and objects from height, danger exist due to appropriate control
measures are not provided, i.e.;
❖ Absence of toe board
❖ No hard barricade securing the scaffold area.
❖ Absence of warning or caution signs.
❖ No debris net or canopy structures installed.
Collapse of scaffold, there is potential to cause injury if the following condition exist;
❖ Absence of proper base support (e.g. Mudsills, etc.)
❖ Soft ground / Low soil bearing pressure
❖ Base plates not properly fixed.
❖ Absence of appropriate ties
❖ Improper installation of components,
❖ i.e., posts, runners, bearers, braces, etc.
Overloading of the scaffold, hazard exist due to the following conditions;

❖ Unaware or ignoring the load capacity or maximum intended load.
❖ Specified torque rating not followed, especially in tube & coupler.
❖ Improper installation of components & sub- standard materials used.
Electrocution is death or severe injury by electric shock, electric current passing through
the body.
Electric shock occurs when a person comes into contact with an electrical energy source.
Burn, this type of hazard existsif workers carry out jobs inclose proximity with live
electrical powerline or electrical equipment (e.g.insulated or un-insulated high-tension
wires, transformers, etc.). Scaffold metallic materials used with location in close proximity
of the operating electrical lines maytrigger or create power arc.
Back injury due to manual lifting and handling of scaffoldtubes / materials. There is
potential to cause injury if the following conditions exist;
❖ Improper lifting of scaffold tubes,
❖ Incorrect execution on tandem lifting,
❖ Lack of knowledge & skills in chaining or handballing,

178 178
❖ Inadequate technique in raising & lowering of scaffold tubes.
Rules to Eliminate the Control of Hazards
Fall Protection:
Section 1414.12 sub-section 12.1.1
Fall arrest system;

Personal fall arrest system used on scaffolds are to be attached by lanyard to a vertical
or horizontal lifeline, or any rigid structural member.
Falling object Protection:

❖ Toe boards shall be installed along all edges of elevated work areas, including
scaffold platform. They shall conform to the following:
❖ At least 15 cms. in height from the platform.
❖ Securely fastened along the outermost edge of platform.
Falling object Protection:
❖ Hardhats
❖ Barricades around the scaffold area
❖ Provision of panels and screens/canopies.
Collapse of scaffold
Section 1414.03 Design and stability sub-section 3.2, paragraph 3.2.3 The footing, sills,
of scaffolds shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying twice the maximum intended
load. Unstable objects such as barrels, boxes, concrete blocks, etc. shall not be used to
support scaffolds.
Section 1414.06 Scaffold erection. Paragraph (8), All posts shall be joined or connected
by means of joint pin, spigot or any appropriate means of connections.
No lap connections shall be allowed.
Electrocution /Electric shock

Scaffold operations adjacent to overhead power lines are prohibited unless the following
conditions are satisfied:
❖ De-energized, relocated or protective coverings are installed to prevent accidental
contact with the line.
❖ Appropriate clearances must be met.

179 179
Prevention for overloading of scaffold

Section 1414.03, sub-section 3.1 para 3.1.4 “scaffolds and their componentsshall be
capable of supporting without failure at least four times the maximum intended load, while
suspended scaffold shall have six (6) times factor of safety.
Sub-section 3.2 para 3.2.6 “scaffolds shall not be loaded in excess of the working load
for which they are intended”.
Prevention of back injury due to manual lifting & handling of scaffold materials;
❖ Training on proper lifting and handling of scaffold tubes,
❖ Proper erecting & lowering of ladders,
❖ Procedure in tandem lifting,
❖ Adherence of OSHS Rule 1412.07 “Lifting of Weights”,
-Male worker carry any load not over 50 Kgs.
-Female worker maximum load to be carried is 25 Kgs.
Erection Process:
Scaffold Foundations:
All scaffolds must be erected on good foundations that will not allow the scaffold to slip
or sink. The trainees must carefully inspect each foundation site before the start to erect
the scaffold. (Section 1414.03, sub- section 3.2.3)
A. A good foundation is one that is sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the scaffold’s
self-weight and the maximum intended load without settling or displacement.

180 180
B. The ground or floor on which the scaffold stand shall be carefully examined for its
load bearing capacity. Sand or made-up ground (fill) may need compacting to
ensure there are no cavities. Such bases as floors, roofs, etc., may need shoring
from underneath.
C. Timber sills (sole boards) at least 225 mm (9 inches) wide by 38 mm (1-1/2 inches)
thick shall be used to spread the load on sand, made up ground, asphalt pavement,
wooden floors, and other soft or slippery surfaces. The ground beneath sills shall
be levelled and compacted.
D. All scaffold posts (standards) shall be pitched on steel base plates at least 150 mm
(6 inches) by 150 mm (6 inches) and 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick. For special scaffold,
the base plates shall be designed to support the maximum scaffold post load.
Timber sills shall be used where base plates maybe exposed to corrosive
materials.
E. Screw jacks shall be used to compensate for variations in ground level. Screw
jacks shall not be adjusted to more than one-half of the total length of the threaded
section. Screw jacks shall be used and loaded in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications.
Scaffold Clearance to Power Lines
Scaffold operations adjacent to overhead powerlines are prohibited, unless one of the
following conditions are satisfied:
❖ Powerline has been de-energized, re-located or productive coverings installed
to prevent accidental contact.
❖ If de-energized, positive means (lockout/tag-out) shall be used to prevent the
lines from being energized.

181 181
Scaffold Distance to Excavation
C. Bases of the scaffolds shall be at least 1.5 times the depth of excavation away from
edges of excavations (including trenches), unless adequate precautionary measures are
taken to prevent the collapse of the excavation and ensure the integrity of the scaffold
foundation.
Erect the Scaffold Using Tube and Coupler Materials
Rules prior to install scaffold components:

❖ Scaffold components shall be inspected before each use.
❖ Scaffold components manufactured by different manufacturers shall not be
intermixed.
❖ Scaffold components shall be free from detrimental corrosion.
❖ Scaffold components which are defective shall be marked and removed from the
storage of scaffold materials.
❖ Scaffold components made of dissimilar metals shall not be used together due to
potential galvanic corrosion.
❖ Scaffold components shall not be exposed to acids or other corrosive substances.
❖ If built-in ladder is part of a scaffold system, it shall conform to the requirements
for ladder.
❖ Scaffold components shall be properly stored to prevent damage.
Scaffold Tubing and Fittings Specifications
1. Tubes
A. Scaffold tubing shall be 48.3 mm (1.9 inches) nominal outside diameter. Tubing for
tube and coupler and systems scaffolds must be welded or seamless structural steel pipe.
4.88 mm
48.3 mm
2. Couplers
Check that all scaffold fittings are of the approved type and metal. Couplers can be either
the pressed or drop-forged type. All fittings (including couplers, clamps, joint pins, etc.)
must be galvanized or zinc coated to resist corrosion.

182 182
3. Planks (Boards)
A scaffold board or a plank is an individual timber board that can serve as flooring for a
working platform. Wooden planks must be of solid sawn timber - either 2 x 10-inch
(nominal), 2 x 9 inch (rough), or 38 mm x 225 mm (basic).
Plank ends must not be split more than 25 mm (1 inch) without metal banding.
Planks twisted from end-to- end or curled from side-to-side more than 13 mm (1/2-inch)
are not acceptable.
4.Ladders
Condition of Ladders
All portable ladders must meet the applicable OSHS Standards or equivalent. In addition,
ladders must be in good condition at all times. Joints must be tight. All rungs, hardware,
and fittings must be securely attached, and movable parts must operate freely without
bending or undue play.
Occupational Safety and Health Standards requires that all ladders be in good condition
and strong enough for the job. Before you use a ladder, you must check it for damage,
faults, and wear. Ladders should not be painted or treated in such a way as to conceal
defects. The key ladder inspection parts are the stiles, rungs, and the overall soundness
of construction.
Hang the ladders horizontally on a rack, supported under the stiles or rested on blocks,
again under the stiles. Never support the ladders by the rungs, because this loosens the

183 183
rungs and the otherwise damages them. Also, do not store ladders on the ground or
against walls, radiators, or hot pipes. These can lead to warping, sagging and distortion.
Storage of ladders
Ladders for tubular and system
Scaffolding is either the manufactured types that bolt directly to the frame units, or single
or extension ladders. Secure ladders to scaffold on two ways:
❖ Vertically – top, middle, and bottom
❖ Angled – secured
Prepare to erect the scaffold:

❖ Organize the team among workers.
❖ Erect barricades or post “Scaffolding in Progress” signs in easily visible locations
near the worksite.
❖ Inspect the foundation. Check for the ff.:
▪ surface condition
▪ trash or combustibles in the area.
▪ power lines in the area
▪ oil or chemical spills
▪ other personnel in the area
❖ Select proper tools, components and materials.

❖ Inspect all tools, components, and equipment for damage.
❖ Prepare ground support/foundation, if required.
❖ level the ground at bearing points, if required.
❖ compact loose sand, etc.
Erect the Scaffold Tube and Coupler
❖ Position the sole boards/mud sills for soft ground or specialized floors, if required.
❖ Align two runners (ledgers) and mark out for standard/post spacing, and place into
position on the ground.
❖ Align two bearers (transoms), mark off for correct number, then place the bearers
on top of runners in position. (The width should be equal the number of boards
required.)
❖ Position the base plates at four corners of the layout.
❖ Position the first pair of posts and fix two double couplers 15 cm. (6in.) from the
bottom of each post. Place one on each of the two “rear” base plates.
Erect the Scaffold

❖ Place the first runner in position and tighten. Check distance for correct length,
plumb of post, and the level of the runner.
❖ Place a third post in position opposite one of the connected posts.

184 184
❖ Fix a bearer in front/back of posts. Make distance apart of bearers to suit number
of boards or length specified on scaffold design.
❖ Position fourth post.
❖ Use double couplers to install second runner between third & fourth posts. Keep
posts plumb & runners’ level.
❖ Use double couplers to install remaining bearers. Check and confirm distance,
squareness, plumbness, and tightness of couplers.
❖ Place a base plate in central position between the two installed rear posts.
❖ Using a double coupler, install back post to runner. Keep post plumb.
❖ Place a base plate in central position between two installed front posts.
❖ Using double couplers, install front post to runner. Keep posts plumb.
❖ Use double couplers to install bearer to middle posts. Keep bearer close to runner
and check for level.
❖ Check all couplers, make sure they are all tight, check levels and positions.
❖ Place a minimum of two boards on the base lift as a walkway, and serves as
temporary platform.
❖ Measure and mark six posts to the required height of the next lift runners. Fix
double couplers to the mark on each post.
❖ Install both the rear and the front runners on the next lift. Keep runners’ level, and
leave couplers hand tighten only.
❖ Using swivel couplers, install bracing to end posts and secure. (This keeps the
posts plumb.)
❖ Tighten double couplers on runners. Make sure the distances are correct and
runners are level and the posts are plumb.
❖ Using double couplers, install the two end bearers and middle bearer to posts.
Prior to move on, check all couplers for tightness and ensure everything is level
and plumb and measurement are accurate.
❖ Place a minimum of two boards on first lift as walkways.
❖ Measure each post and mark the runners to the required height of the working
platform. Install double couplers at the required mark on each post.
❖ Install back and front runners. Keep runners’ level, and leave couplers hand tight.
❖ Use swivel couplers to install bracing to end posts. Install bracing in opposite
direction to the lift. Once the bracing is installed, tighten the couplers on the
runners.
❖ Install board bearers on each end and intermediate bearers if required. One end
bearer should extend beyond the width, as it will support the ladder.
platform. Install double couplers at the required mark on

185 185
Dismantling of Scaffolds
Dismantling of scaffold is associated with several hazards such as fall, collapse, falling
objects, back injury due to improper manual handling of materials, electrocution, etc.
Thus, application of appropriate control measures i.e., elimination, substitution,
engineering controls, administrative controls and use of proper PPE, are appropriate
actions prior to undertake the dis-assembly of erected scaffolding.
In addition, to the aforementioned control measures, thorough safety inspection with
proper checklist should be carried out to ensure that dangers will be identified and proper
intervention will be employed.
Inspecting the scaffold before dismantling

❖ Secure or prepare a safety inspection checklist for scaffolding.
❖ Safety items that contained in the checklist should conform or matched with the
scaffold design.
❖ Data gathered should be given to the foreman or supervisor of scaffolding team.
❖ Proper control measures should be applied on some parts that are altered, loose
scaffold joints, missing any components.
Install alternate ties or braces
Rule 1414.09 “Scaffold dismantling” of sub- sections 1&2 as stated “1. During
dismantling, no component which endangers the stability of the remaining structure
should be removed”. 2. “If dismantling has reached the stage at which a critical
member has to be removed, (e.g., a tie or a brace) the stability of the structure should
be assured by fixing a similar or otherwise adequate member in place before the
member to be taken out is removed.”
Rule 1414.09 sub-section 4, states that “Materials should be lowered to the ground
and not stored on the scaffold. Components should not be thrown on the ground; they
should be lowered hand to hand in an orderly manner or brought down by crane, pulley
or other suitable means.”
Perform safety practices during dismantling of scaffold
❖ Proceed in reverse order to its erection, if applicable.

❖ Prior to removal or loosening any component, consider its effect on the
scaffolds.
❖ Check if some parts are altered. Conduct safety inspection.
❖ Use only the proper access.
❖ Do not remove ties until scaffolds has been removed.

186 186
❖ Do not accumulate dismantled parts of scaffolds.

❖ Lower components in a safe manner.
❖ Stockpile dismantled components in orderly manner.
❖ Remove components immediately after loosening of clamps (for tube & coupler
or system scaffold)
In this module, you have learned the activities related to dismantling, such as;
Inspecting the erected scaffold before dismantling

Importance of installing alternate ties or braces at the lower levels prior to remove
the ties at the upper level.
Performing safety practices during dismantling of scaffold.
MODULE 10
ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY
Industrial Hygiene
Session Objectives
At the end of the session, participants will be able to:
1. Explain the principles of Industrial Hygiene; and
2. Identify health hazards in their workplace.
3. Recognize the different environmental hazards in the workplace.
4. Evaluate and identify the control of the different environment hazards.
Part I: Identification of Hazards
What is Industrial Hygiene?

The science and art devoted to identification, evaluation and control of environmental factors and
stresses arising in or from the workplace, which may cause sickness, impaired health and well-
being, or significant discomfort among workers or among citizens of the community.
What are Health Hazards?
According to medical dictionaries:
1. Any agent or activity posing a potential hazard to health
2. Any organism, chemicals, conditions, or circumstance that may cause illness
Health Hazards Classification

187 187
1. Chemical Hazards
2. Physical Hazards
3. Biological Hazards
4. Ergonomic Hazards
5. Psychosocial Hazards
Examples of occupational exposure to the different health hazards related to construction

industry:

188 188
1. Chemical Hazards in the Construction Industry:

Chemical Hazards Nature / Form
Organic Solvents Vapor
Acids / Bases Mists
Dust / Particulates Powder / Fibers
Heavy Metal Fumes
Gases Gas
Vapors
• Gases formed when liquid evaporates
• Associated with solvents, adhesives, alcohols, etc.
• The common organic solvents can be classified as hydrocarbons (toluene), ketones
(methyl ethyl ketone), esters (ethyl acetate), ether (ethyl ether), alcohols (ethyl
alcohol)
Occupational Exposure from Vapors:
✓ Degreasing of metals
✓ Printing
✓ Dry-cleaning
✓ Painting
✓ Laboratory Analysis
Fumes
• Volatilized solid that condenses when they contact air
• Very small, solid particles created when hot vapor reacts with air to form an oxide

189 189
• Associated with molten metals & processes like welding, metalizing and coating.
• Examples: Lead, Iron, Chromium, Tin and Zinc Fumes
Occupational Exposure from Fumes

✓ Soldering operation
✓ Welding
✓ Lead-battery making
✓ Mining operation
Mists
• Dispersion of liquid particles in the air
• Suspended liquid droplets when vapor condenses back to liquid
• Associated with acids, chlorine, formaldehyde, phenols, etc. & processes like electroplating
and spraying
• Common acids are hydrochloric, sulfuric, nitric and phosphoric acids.
Occupational Exposure from Mists:

✓ Wastewater treatment jobs
✓ Acids from electroplating and metal cleaning
✓ Oil mists from cutting & grinding operation
✓ Mist from spray painting operation
Gases
• Substances in the gaseous state at room temperature and pressure.
• They do not have a warning odor at a dangerous concentration.

190 190
Occupational Exposure from Gases

✓ By-product of incomplete combustion (carbon monoxide)
✓ Wastewater treatment plant (chlorine gas)
✓ Oil & gas or petroleum refineries (hydrogen sulfide)
✓ Refrigeration & fertilizer plants (ammonia)
✓ Machinery using diesel engine (nitrogen dioxide)
Dusts
• Dust refers to the suspension of solid particles in air.
• Dust are classified according to size:
• Total dust – all dust particles in the area
• Respirable dust – fraction of total dust which passes through a selector which can
be inhaled and deposited in the lungs
Occupational Exposure from Dusts

✓ These dust particles are generated by physical processes such as handling,
grinding, drilling, milling and crushing operations where solid materials are
broken down.
Dusts/Particulates

191 191
Silica Dust Metal Dust Asbestos Dust Wood Dust

• Building materials such • Leaded paint • Thermal & acoustic • Flooring
as stone, bricks & • Grinded metal insulation • Wood
concrete • Fire resistant fixtures
walls & partitions
• Asbestos cement
sheets &
flooring

192 192
2. Physical Hazards in the Construction Industry

• Noise
• Vibration
• Inadequate Illumination
• Extreme or Abnormal Pressure
• Extreme of Temperature
• Radiation
• Inadequate Ventilation

193 193
Noise
• Unwanted and excessive sound
• A form of energy caused by the vibration of materials that may travel in air
Arm’s Length Rule

✓ “If two (2) people with no hearing impairment have to raise their voices or shout to
be heard in a distance of less than an arm’s length from each other, the sound
level is potentially hazardous.”
Classification of Noise
• Continuous/Steady Noise
- the variation in noise level involves maximum intervals of 1 second or
less
• Impact/Impulsive Noise
- the variation in noise level has an interval over 1 second
Some noise levels in construction site based on specific tasks

194 194
Tasks (Trade) Average Noise Level Maximum Noise Level

(dBA) (dBA)
Vehicle (Brick layers) 98.0 116.7
Operating Man lift 98.1 117.6
Welding, Burning (Iron workers) 98.4 119.7
Demolition (Laborers) 99.3 112.1
Grinding (Masonry trades) 99.7 118.6
Operating bulldozer 100.2 112.5
Chipping Concrete 102.9 120.3
Source: Department of Environmental and Occupational Health Sciences, School of
Public Health and Community Medicine, University of Washington. Examples of noise
level generated by tools used in construction.
Average Noise Level Maximum Noise Level

Tasks (Trade)
(dBA) (dBA)
Welding, Cutting equipment 94.9 122.8
Hand Power saw 97.2 123.7
Screw Gun, Drill Motor 97.7 123.7
Roto hammer 97.8 113. 5
Chipping Gun 103.0 119.2
Source: Department of Environmental and Occupational Health Sciences, School of

Public Health and Community Medicine, University of Washington
Any noise levels above 85 dB should be a cause for concern, especially with extended
exposure that occurs over an eight-hour workday. Other factors that affect how noise
levels affect workers include:
• Duration of exposure
• Noise Level
• Impulsiveness - noises with abrupt starts and stops (such as hammering)
• Periods of intermittence
Action Level for Noise

195 195
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA's) Noise standard (29 CFR
1910.95) requires employers to have a hearing conservation program in place if workers are
exposed to a time- weighted average (TWA) noise level of 85 decibels (dBA) or higher over an 8-
hour work shift.
Rule 1074, OSHS

Permissible Noise Exposure Limits
Duration per Day, hours Sound Level, dBA*
8 90
6 92
4 95
3 97
2 100
1½ 102
1 105
½ 110
¼ 115**
*Sound level in decibels is measured on a sound level meter, A-weighted network, slow
meter response.
**No exposure is allowed for continuous, intermittent noise in excess of 115 dBA.
Vibration
• Vibration is a physical factor that acts on man by transmission of mechanical energy
from sources of oscillation.
Types of Vibration:
✓ Low frequency or whole body – weaving looms, harvester-thresher, tractors, etc.
✓ High frequency or segmental – hand driven power tools such as chain saw, portable
grinder and jackhammers.
Illumination
• Illumination is the measure of stream of light falling on a surface
Types of Workplace Lighting:

✓ General lighting
✓ Local lighting
• Recommended Illumination Levels, Rule 1075, OSHS

196 196
✓ A minimum of 50 lux – passageway, corridor, warehouse

✓ A minimum of 300 lux – medium inspection; office deskwork with intermittent reading
and writing for filing and mail sorting.
✓ A minimum of 500 lux – fine inspection, fine woodworking, accounting, drafting,
✓ A minimum of 1000 lux – extra fine assembling; jewelry and watch manufacturing;
proofreading in printing plants
Extreme Temperature
• Extremes of temperature (low or high) affect the amount of work that man can do and
the manner in which they do.
Factors affecting Heat Exposure:

✓ Thermal factors
✓ Temperature & humidity
✓ Physical Workload – light, moderate, heavy & very heavy
✓ Work-Rest Regimen
Extreme or Abnormal Pressure

• Change in the altitude or atmospheric pressure below or greater than normal
atmospheric pressure (14.7 psi or 101.325 kpa)
Occupational Exposure
✓ Underwater tunneling
✓ Diving
✓ Sewage construction
✓ Aviation
✓ Mining
Radiation
• Is the emission or transmission of energy as waves or moving particles.
Types of Radiation:
✓ Ionizing radiation – radiation consisting of particles, x-rays, or gamma rays
with sufficient energy to cause ionization in the medium through which it
passes.
✓ Non-ionizing radiation – refers to any type of electromagnetic radiation that
does not carry enough energy to ionize atoms or molecules—that is, to
completely remove an electron from an atom or molecule.

197 197
Inadequate Ventilation
• Ventilation - involves the introduction/supplying of fresh air to dilute, exhaust or
remove the contaminated air from any space
• Methods of Ventilation:
✓ Natural – use of openings such as doors and windows whereby outside air freely
circulates
✓ Mechanical – use of powered fans and blowers to move the air inside spaces
• Types of Ventilation:
✓ General or Dilution Ventilation – air movement in the total volume of occupancy
✓ Local Exhaust Ventilation – air movement specific in the breathing zone of the
worker at stake
• Purpose of Ventilation
✓ To ensure condition of thermal comfort
✓ To renew the air in the workplace, therefore diluting eventual air contaminants to
acceptable levels.
✓ To prevent hazardous air contaminants from generating into the working
environment and reaching the workers breathing zone.
3. Biological Hazard in the Construction Industry

• A biological hazard or biohazard is an organism, or substance derived from an
organism, that poses a threat to (primarily) human health.
• This can include medical waste or samples of a microorganism, virus or toxin (from a
biological source) that can impact human health or those harmful to animals.
• It may also pertain to hazards due to insects, animals or hazardous plants.
Types of Biological Hazards:

✓ Microbiological – Bacteria, viruses, molds, fungi and protozoa
✓ Macrobiological – Insects, parasites, plants and animals
Occupational Exposure from Biological Hazards:

✓ Poor sanitation and housekeeping
✓ Hospital works and exposure
✓ Removal of industrial waste and sewage

198 198
✓ Poor personal hygiene and cleanliness

✓ No proper PPE usage
Bio-Hazard Levels Simplified:

1. Level 1 – Bacteria and viruses, as well as some cell cultures and non-infectious bacteria.
Example – chicken pox
2. Level 2 – Bacteria and viruses that cause only mild disease to humans. Examples – mumps
and measles
3. Level 3 – Bacteria and viruses that can cause severe to fatal disease in humans, but for
which vaccines or other treatments exist. Examples – SARS virus, tuberculosis, malaria
4. Level 4 – Viruses and bacteria that cause severe to fatal disease in humans, and for which
vaccines or other treatments are not available. Examples – various hemorrhagic fevers
including dengue, H5N1 or bird flu, Ebola virus
4. Ergonomic Hazards in the Construction Industry
Definition and Objective of Ergonomics:

• Etymology of the word Ergonomics – from the Greek derivation: Ergo (work) and
Nomos (law)
• The study of human characteristics for the appropriate design of the living and the work
environment
• Simply said, is is “Fitting the TASK to the HUMAN”
• The objective of ergonomics is to design a system in which the workplace layout, work
methods, machines and equipment, and work environment (such as noise & illumination) are
compatible with the physical and behavioral limitations of the worker (s). The better this fit,
the higher the level of safety and work efficiency.
Examples of Ergonomic Hazards That Need to be Properly Addressed:
✓ Improperly designed tools or work areas
✓ Improper lifting or reaching
✓ Poor visual conditions
✓ Repeated motion in awkward position
How are Ergonomic Health Hazards Identified?

1. Walk through survey / ocular inspection
2. Review of processes involved
3. Knowing the raw materials used, products and by-products
4. Gathering of workers’ complaints
5. GHS Labels and Safety Data Sheet
5. Psychosocial Hazards

199 199
• A psychosocial hazard or work stressor is any occupational hazard related to the

way work is designed, organized and managed, as well as the economic and social
contexts of work.
• Unlike the other three categories of occupational hazard (chemical, biological,
and physical), they do not arise from a physical substance or object.[1]
• Psychosocial hazards affect the psychological and physical well-being of workers,
including their ability to participate in a work environment among other people.
• They cause not only psychiatric and psychological outcomes such as occupational
burnout, anxiety disorders, and depression, but they can also cause physical injury
or illness such as cardiovascular disease or musculoskeletal injury.
• Psychosocial risks are linked to the organization of work as well as workplace
violence and are recognized internationally as major challenges to occupational
safety and health as well as productivity.[1]
How hazards are identified?
a. Conduct walk-through survey: It is another term for “inspection”, which is conducted to

identify the location of a suspected hazard physically and visually by using basic human
senses
b. Conduct interview of workers to get relevant information on their exposure
c. Review processes or standard operating procedures and equipment: It is carried out to
review the current practices and the tools required to get the job done.
d. Get sources of information on materials and or chemicals used through Safety Data Sheets
and labels. Conduct chemical inventory.
e. Through other relevant information on inspection reports; first aid records and minor
injury records; and any government or employer reports, studies and tests concerning
the health and safety of employees.
Source of Information About a Chemical
1. Globally Harmonized System (GHS) Labels
A GHS Label for a hazardous chemical must contain 6 specific pieces of information:
1. Signal Word
2. Symbols (Hazard Pictograms)
3. Product Name,

200 200
4. Hazards Statements
5. Precautionary Statements
6. Manufacturer Information
What is a Label?
An appropriate group of written, printed or graphic information elements that are affixed to,
printed on, or attached to the immediate container of a hazardous product, or to the outside
packaging of a hazardous product.
GHS Pictograms

201 201

202 202

203 203
Reference: GHS Purple Book,

TH
7 Revised Edition
What is Safety Data Sheet (SDS)?
✓ A summary of the important health, safety and toxicological information on the

chemical or the mixture ingredients.
✓ Provide comprehensive information about a chemical substance or mixture
✓ Primarily for workplace use – employees & workers use these as a source of
information about hazards and to obtain advice on safety precautions
Contents of Safety Data Sheet
1. Identification of the substance or mixture and of the supplier

2. Hazard’s identification
3. Composition and Information of Ingredients
4. First aid Measures
5. Firefighting measures
6. Accidental Release measures
7. Handling and Storage
8. Exposure controls/personal protection.
9. Physical and chemical properties
10. Stability and Reactivity
11. Toxicological information
12. Ecological information
13. Disposal considerations
14. Transport Information
15. Regulatory information
16. Other information including information on preparation and revision of the SDS

204 204
Salient features of Department Order No. 136-14 known as the Guidelines for the Implementation
of Globally Harmonized System (GHS) in Chemical Safety Program in the Workplace
It covers all workplaces engaged in the manufacture, use and storage of industrial chemicals, all along the
supply chain. Its objective is to protect workers and properties from the hazards of chemicals and to prevent
or reduce the incidence of chemically induced accidents, illness and injuries and death resulting in the use
of chemicals at work.

205 205
Department Order 136 – 14
What is a Label?
Label – Refers to an appropriate group of written, printed or graphic information elements
that are affixed to, printed on, or attached to the immediate container of a hazardous
product, or to the outside packaging of a hazardous product.
Confined Spaces
Generally speaking, a confined space is a fully or partially enclosed space that:
• is not primarily designed or intended for continuous human occupancy
• has limited or restricted entrance or exit, or a configuration that can complicate first aid,
rescue, evacuation, or other emergency response activities
• Can represent a risk for the for the health and safety of anyone who enters, due to one or
more of the following factors:
- its design, construction, location or atmosphere
- the materials or substances in it
- work activities being carried out in it, or the

206 206
- mechanical, process and safety hazards present
Confined spaces can be below or above ground. Confined spaces can be found in almost any
workplace. A confined space, despite its name, is not necessarily small. Examples of confined
spaces include silos, vats, hoppers, utility vaults, tanks, water supply towers, sewers, pipes,
access shafts, truck or rail tank cars, aircraft wings, boilers, manholes, pump stations, digesters,
manure pits and storage bins. Ditches and trenches may also be a confined space when access
or egress is limited. Barges, shipping containers and fish holds are also considered as possible
confined spaces.
Hazards when working in confined spaces include:
• lack of oxygen
• lack of natural light
• dusts in high concentrations such as flour
• liquids and solids suddenly filling the space
• hot working conditions increasing body heat.
There is a risk with gas, fumes or vapors filling the space as these can be flammable or
poisonous.
Part II: Evaluation of Health Hazards / Work Environment Measurement
Work Environment Measurement (WEM)
What is Work Environment Measurement (WEM)
According to the OSH Standards Rule 1077.02, Work Environment Measurement (WEM) means sampling
and analysis carried out in respect of the atmospheric working environment and other fundamental
elements of the working environment for the purpose of determining actual conditions therein.
OSHS Rule 1077.01

“The employer shall exert efforts to maintain and control the working environment in comfortable and
healthful conditions for the purpose of maintaining and promoting the health of his workers.
OSHS Rule 1077.03 (Requirements)
• Working environment measurement shall include temperature, humidity, pressure, illumination,

ventilation, and concentration of substances and noise.
• The employer shall carry out working environment measurement

207 207
in indoor or other workplaces where hazardous work is performed and shall keep a record of
such measurement, which shall be made available to the enforcing authority.
• The WEM shall be performed by the safety and medical personnel who have taken adequate training
and experience in WEM (internal monitoring)
Note: Internal WEM also requires calibrated industrial hygiene equipment
• In the event of inability to perform the WEM, the employer shall commission the
Bureau/OSHC/Regional Office concerned and other institutions accredited or recognized by the
Bureau, to perform the measurement.
The work environment measurement shall be performed periodically as may be necessary but not longer
than annually. (OSHS Rule 1070)
Department Order No. 160-16 Guidelines on the Accreditation of Consulting Organizations to

provide Work Environment Measurement (WEM) Services
These guidelines shall apply to organizations which conduct or provide WEM services to establishments.
Salient Features:
• Establishments shall only seek WEM services from accredited WEM Providers.
Otherwise, the WEM shall NOT be regarded as compliant to Rule 1077 (Working Environment
Monitoring) of the OSHS.
• No person or organization shall be allowed, hired or provide WEM services unless the requirements
of this rule are complied with.
Main Purpose of Work Environment Measurement
• Determine the magnitude or level of hazards using industrial hygiene equipment

• Determine magnitude of harmful environmental agents.
• Measure the physical working environment such as noise, heat, vibration, illumination, ventilation,
temperature)
• Predict harmfulness of new facilities, raw materials, production processes and working methods.
• Monitor worker’s exposure to harmful substances.
• Evaluate the effectiveness of environmental control measures adopted to improve the workplace.
• Maintain favorable environment conditions.
Types of WEM Monitoring
• Area Monitoring - is the measurement of contaminants in the workplace and helps pinpoint work
areas with high or low exposure levels of contaminant. This method is taken at a fixed location in the
workplace where a measuring device is placed adjacent to the workers’ normal workstation. This

208 208
method helps to determine the work area where there is high or low exposure levels but will not
provide a good estimate of the worker’s exposure to hazards.
• Personal Monitoring - is a measurement of the worker’s exposure to airborne contaminants. The

measuring device is placed as close as possible to the contaminant’s entry port to the body i.e., nose.
The data collected shall closely approximate the concentration of contaminants the worker is regularly
exposed to during work hours.
Industrial hygiene monitoring equipment
INSTRUMENTS USED FOR

Smoke Tubes Wind Direction
Combustible Gas Gases
Personal Pumps, Detector Tubes Dust and Other Chemicals
Luxmeter Illumination
Sound Level Meter/ Dosimeter / Wave Noise
analyzers
Psychrometer Relative Humidity
Oxygen Meter Oxygen
Wet Bulb Globe Thermometer Heat Exposure
Radiation Survey Meter Radiation
Anemometer Air movement
Analytical equipment used for analysis of collected airborne contaminants
ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT USED FOR

Gas Chromatograph Analysis of Organic solvent vapors
UV-VIS Spectrophotometer Acids and Other Inorganic Chemicals
Analytical Balance Dust
X-ray Diffractometer Silica and Asbestos
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer Heavy Metal Fumes
What will you do with the results of the WEM?
• Results of WEM will be compared/evaluated with reference to local and/or international standards
to determine if they represent actual health hazards or not.
• References are accepted standards of maximum allowable levels or concentrations from

established agencies such as the following:
• The Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHS) of the Department of Labor and
Employment (DOLE) adopted most of the TLVs of the ACGIH.

209 209
• Threshold Limit Value (TLV) of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial

Hygienist (ACGIH) and PEL (Permissible Exposure Limit) of Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) of the United States of America.
• American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
• The American Industrial Hygienist Association (AIHA)
• The American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
• US Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA)
What is the difference between standards, guidelines and other references?
Standards are the legally acceptable exposure limits of a certain airborne contaminants such as Rule 1070
of OSHS which establishes the threshold limit values for toxic and carcinogenic substances and physical
agents, which may be present in the atmosphere of the work environment. While the guidelines and other
references are recommended maximum exposure, which are voluntary and not legally enforceable such as
ACGIH.
What is a Threshold Limit Value?
The Threshold Limit Value (TLV) of a chemical substance is believed to be a level to which a worker can be
exposed day after day for a working lifetime without adverse effects. (ACGIH)
Threshold Limit Values – Eight Hour TWA Average (TLV-TWA) refers to airborne concentration of
substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly
exposed day after day without adverse effect.
Threshold Limit Values – Short Term Exposure Level (TLV-STEL)
• A 15-minute TWA exposure that should not be exceeded at any time during a workday even if the 8-
hour TWA is within the TLV-TWA.
• The concentration to which it is believed that workers can be exposed continuously for a short period
of time without suffering from:
Threshold Limit Values – Ceiling (TLV-C). The concentration that should not be exceeded during any part of
the working exposure.
Other Reference Standards (International Guidelines)
An Occupational Exposure Limit (OEL) is an upper limit on the acceptable concentration of a hazardous
substance in workplace air for a particular material or class of materials. It is typically set by competent
national authorities and enforced by legislation to protect occupational safety and health.
Action Limits for Chemicals

210 210
Threshold limit values refer to time weighted concentrations for an 8-hour workday and a total of forty-
eight (48) hours work of exposure per week.
Example of TLV of Chemicals: (Table 8: Occupational Safety and Health Standards, DOLE)
Chemicals TLV of Chemicals

Hydrochloric Acid 5 ppm – TLV Ceiling
Sulfuric Acid 0.25 ppm – TLV TWA
Nitric Acid 2 ppm -– TLV TWA
Acetone 1000 ppm -– TLV TWA
Benzene 25 ppm -– TLV Ceiling
Carbon Monoxide 50 ppm -– TLV TWA
All employee’s exposure to any material specified in Table 8 shall be limited in accordance to the following:
Materials with names preceded by “C” Ceiling Values: An employee’s exposure to any material in Table 8,
the name which is preceded by a “C” (e.g., Boron trifluoride), shall at no time exceed the ceiling value given
for that material in the Table.
Other Materials, 8-hour Time Weighted Average: An employee’s exposure to any material in Table 8, the
name of which is not preceded by a “C” and any material listed in Table 8a in any 8-hour work shift shall
not exceed the 8-hour time weighted average limit given for that material in the Table. However, for a short
period of time an excursion in the TLV value in the Table may be allowed but should not exceed the
following:
a. from 0 to I concentration by 3 times;

b. from I to I 0 concentration by 2 times;
c. from over 10 to 100 concentrations by 1 ½ times;
d. from over 100 to 1000 concentration by 1 ¼ times
To achieve compliance with Rule 1072, administrative or engineering controls must first be determined
and implemented whenever feasible. When such controls are not feasible to achieve full compliance,
protective equipment or other appropriate measures shall be used to keep the exposure of employees to
air contaminants within the limit prescribed.

211 211
Action Limits for Noise
This refer to TLVs of physical agents particularly noise or “sound” pressure that represents conditions under
which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect on their
ability to hear and understand normal speech.
Feasible administrative or engineering controls shall be utilized when workers are exposed to sound levels
exceeding those specified in Table 8b hereof when measured on scale of a standard sound level meter at
slow response. If such controls fail to reduce sound within the specified levels, ear protective devices
capable of bringing the sound level to permissible noise shall be provided by the employer and used by the
worker.
Table 8b (Occupational Safety and Health Standards, DOLE)

Permissible Noise Exposure Level
Sound Levels, dBA

Duration per day, hours
(Slow response)
8 90
6 92
4 95
3 97
2 100
1-1/2 102
1 105
½ 110
¼ 115*
*Ceiling value: No exposure in excess of 115 dBA is allowed

212 212
The values specified apply to total time of exposure per working day regardless of whether this one is
continuous exposure or a number of short-term exposures but does not apply to apply to impact or
impulsive type of noise.
If the variation in noise level involves maximum intervals of one (1) second or less, it shall be
considered as continuous. If the interval is over one (1) second, it becomes impulse or impact
noise.
When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods noise exposure of different
levels, their combined effect should be considered rather than the effect of each.
If the sum of the fraction
exceeds unity, then the mixed exposure should be considered to exceed the threshold limit value. C
indicates the total time exposure at a specified noise level, and T indicates the total time of exposure
permitted at the level. However, the permissible levels found in the table shall not be exceeded for the
corresponding number of hours per day allowed. Noise exposures of less than 90 dBA do not enter into the
above calculations.
Exposures to impulsive or impact noise shall not exceed 140 decibels peak sound pressures level (ceiling
value).
Reference: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienist (ACGIH):

*SCREENING CRITERIA FOR HEAT STRESS EXPOSURE
------------- Acclimatized ------------
Allocation of Work in a Cycle of Work and Light Moderate Heavy
Recovery
75% to 100% 31.0°C 28.0°C -
50% to 75% 31.0°C 29.0°C 27.5°C
25% to 50% 32.0°C 30.0°C 29.0°C
0 to 25% 32.5°C 31.5°C 30.5°C
These TLVs are based on the assumption that nearly all acclimatized, fully clothed workers with adequate
water and salt intake should be able to function effectively under the given working conditions without
exceeding a deep body temperature of 38°C (100.4° F). They are also based on the assumption that the
WBGT of the resting place is the same or very close to that of the workplace. Where the WBGT of the
work area is different from that of the rest area, a time-weighted average should be used.
Action Limit (WBGT values in °C)

Allocation of Work in a Cycle of Work
and Recovery Light Moderate Heavy
75% to 100% 28.0 25.0 -

213 213
50% to 75% 28.5 26.0 24.0

25% to 50% 29.5 27.0 25.5
0 to 25% 30.0 29.0 28.0
Metabolic Rate Categories with Example Activities

Category Example Activities
Rest Sitting
Sitting with light manual work with hands and arms, and driving. Standing
Light
with some light arm and occasional walking.
Sustained moderate hand and arm work, moderate arm and leg work,
Moderate moderate arm and trunk work, or light pushing and pulling. Normal
walking.
Intense arm and trunk work, carrying, shoveling, manual sawing; pushing
Heavy
and pulling heavy loads; walking at a fast pace.
Very Heavy Very intense activity at fast to maximum pace
Recommended Illumination Levels based on Rule 1075, OSH Standards

Area/Activity Minimum Illumination (lux, lumen/m2)
Warehouse, passageways, storerooms 50
Office desk work with intermittent reading and 300

writing for filing and mail sorting
Long assembling, fine bench and machine work, fine 500-1000

inspection, fine polishing, beveling of glass, fine
woodworking, accounting, bookkeeping, drafting,
stenographic work, typing or other prolonged office
desk work
Summary/ clear points:

• Employers shall exert effort to maintain, control and carry out WEM to their workplace
• The conduct of WEM through area or personal monitoring is important to know the levels of exposure
of the workers to the different hazards in the workplace
• Threshold Limit Values are used to evaluate exposure to airborne contaminant measured values must
be within or should not exceed the TLV to ensure health of the workers
• Other references or guidelines that are not specified in the OSHS may be used to evaluate health
hazards in the workplace
Part III: Control of Health Hazards

214 214
Workplace Control Principles
1. Reason for Control of Hazardous Substances

▪ Protecting workers health from exposure to substances
▪ Protecting workers comfort
▪ Complying with the standards implemented
2. Three (3) Zones Where Control Measures Can Be Applied:

▪ At the source of contamination
▪ Along the transmission path SOURCE RECEIVER
▪ At the worker PATH
3. Hierarchy of Controls
1. Engineering Control
2. Administrative Control
3. Control by Use of Personal Protective Equipment
4. Engineering Control Methods
▪ Elimination – eliminating a hazard by removing a process or substance

completely
▪ Substitution - involves the substitution of hazardous materials such as
chemical substance and/or process with one that is less hazardous.
Factors to consider:
 Hazard Assessment
 Effectiveness
 Compatibility
 Existing Control Measures
 Waste Disposal
▪ Isolation, containment and/or enclosure – involves the physical isolation
and/or enclosure of the process from the worker thereby having no direct
exposure. This may be done by placing the hazardous substance in a sealed
vessel system to create a barrier between the hazard and the worker.

215 215
▪ Process change, alteration, modification, redesign or automation – involves

the switching of an operation to a less hazardous operation; ex: dry to wet
process. It is also done by changing the physical operating conditions without
changing the chemical process.
▪ Ventilation – the process of supplying or removing air by introduction of fresh
air to dilute, exhaust or remove the contaminated air to and from any space
volume.
▪ Two (2) types of ventilation:
• General or Dilution Ventilation
• Local Exhaust Ventilation
▪ Types of Industrial Ventilation:
• Natural ventilation
• Mechanical ventilation
• Local exhaust ventilation by:
▪ Enclosure hood
▪ Capturing hood
▪ Receiving hood
▪ Purpose of Ventilation
• To ensure condition of thermal comfort
• To renew the air in the workplace thereby diluting eventual air
contaminants to acceptable levels.
• To prevent hazardous air contaminants from generating into the
working environment and reaching the breathing zone of the workers.
5. Administrative Control Methods
▪ Reduction of work periods

▪ Adjusting work schedules (ex. Labor Advisory No. 3 Series of 2016)
▪ Job rotation of personnel at hazardous workstations
▪ Limiting the time spent (of personnel) in the hazard areas
▪ Education of supervisors
▪ Employee information and training
▪ Good housekeeping and maintenance including cleanliness in the workplace,
proper waste disposal and adequate washing, toilet and eating facilities.

216 216
▪ Emergency response training (ex. First aid and Basic Life Support).
▪ Special programs specific to Ergonomics (ex. Prolonged standing, sitting, etc.)
▪ Medical Surveillance such as by controls to detect evidence of absorption of
toxic materials.
▪ Work Environment Measurement
▪ Special control methods for specific hazards, such as shielding, monitoring
devices and continuous sampling with preset alarms.
▪ Training and education to supplement engineering controls.
▪ Chemical Safety Program (DO 136-14)
▪ PPE Program
6. Use of Personal Protective Equipment Based on Trade

and/or Specific Activity of the Employee
▪ Head Protection – hard hats and bump caps

▪ Face Protection – various types of face shields and
rigid masks
▪ Respiratory Protection – various types of masks and
respirators
▪ Hearing Protection – various types of ear plugs and
muffs
▪ Hands & Arm Protection – various types of gloves and arm protection
▪ Body Protection – aprons and various levels of body suits
▪ Legs Protection – leggings and shin guards
▪ Foot Protection – various types of safety shoes, boots and metatarsal guards
1. Ventilation: The process of supplying or removing air by natural or mechanical means to and from
any space.
Purpose of Ventilation:
● To provide workers’ thermal comfort
● To dilute air contaminants in the workroom
● To renew the contaminated air.
● Provide a continuous supply of fresh outside air.
● To maintain temperature and humidity at comfortable levels

217 217
Types of Industrial Ventilation:
1. General Ventilation
General ventilation systems add or remove air from work areas to keep the concentration of an air
contaminant below hazardous levels.
This system uses natural convection through open doors or windows, roof ventilators, and chimneys,
or air movement produced by fans or blowers.
a. Natural ventilation – which uses natural air entry from windows and other openings but less
efficient to control hazards with high concentration.
b. Mechanical Ventilation – which uses mechanical designs such as motored fans, evaporative cooling
and etc. to provide comfort and dilute the airborne contaminants present in the workspace, but
do take note that placing a ventilation control may lead also to the dispersion of chemical hazards

218 218
to the workplace so proper assessment is needed to ensure that hazards will be controlled. As an
example, to the picture, that fan is called a High-Volume Low Speed (HVLS) fan which provides a
great amount of air flow to the area, which will ensure that ventilation is sufficient to the work
area. But having this kind of mechanical ventilation to a bag manufacturing will result in the
dispersion of organic solvent to the work area.
2. Local Exhaust Ventilation - engineering system that captures dusts, vapors, and fumes at their source
and transports them away from the worker’s breathing zone. This prevents workers from inhaling these
substances and reduces contamination of the general workplace air.
Examples of LEVs are the enclosure hood, capturing hood and receiving hood.

219 219
Situations Where General Ventilation is Ideal

● Small quantities of air contaminants released into the workroom at fairly uniform rates.
● Sufficient distance between the worker and the contaminant source to allow sufficient air
movement to dilute the contaminants to safe levels.
● Only contaminants of low toxicity are being used.
● No need to collect or filter the contaminants before the exhaust air is discharged into the
community environment.
● No corrosion or other damage to equipment from the diluted contaminants in the workroom air.
Principles Governing the Proper Use of Local Exhaust Vent

● The process or equipment is enclosed as much as possible.
● Air is withdrawn at a rate sufficient to assure that the direction of airflow is into the hood and
that the airflow rate will entrain the contaminant into the air stream, and thus draw it into the
hood.
When is the LEV Ideal?

● When air samples show that the contaminant in the atmosphere constitutes a health, fire, or
explosion hazard.
● When a code requires the local exhaust venting for a certain process.
● When maintenance of production machinery is difficult.
● When marked improvement in housekeeping or employee comfort will result.
● When emission sources are large, few, fixed and/or widely dispersed.
● When emission sources are near the employee breathing zone.
● When emission rates vary widely with time.

220 220
Five Parts of the LEV
● Hoods into which the air contaminant is drawn.

● Ducts for carrying the contaminated air into a central point.
● An air cleaning device such as the dust arrester for purifying the air before it is discharged.
● A fan and motor to create the required airflow through the system
● A stack to disperse remaining air contaminants.
Factors Affecting the Efficiency of a LEV
● Design of the hood

● Duct velocity (what are you conveying)
● The fan curve
● The air cleaning device
● Design of the stack
Principles of Hood Design

● Enclose the operation as much as possible to reduce the rate of airflow needed to control the
contaminant and to prevent cross drafts from blowing the contaminant away from the field of
influence of the hood.
● Locate the hood so the contaminant is moved away from the breathing zone of the operator.
● Locate and shape the hood so the initial velocity of the contaminant will throw it into the hood
opening.
● Solvent vapors in hazard-hazard concentrations are not heavier than air. Capture them at the
source.
● Locate the hood as close as possible to the source of contaminant.
● Design the hood so it will not interfere with the worker.

221 221
Different Velocities Involved in LEV

● Capture Velocity is air velocity at any point in front of the hood or at the hood opening necessary
to overcome opposing air currents and to capture the contaminated air at that point by causing it
to flow into the hood.
● Face Velocity is air velocity at the hood opening.
● Slot Velocity Air velocity through the openings in a slot type hood, in fpm. It is used primarily as a
means of obtaining uniform air distribution across the face of the hood.
● Plenum Velocity is air velocity in the plenum, in fpm. For good air distribution, with slot-type of
hoods, the maximum plenum velocity should be ½ the slot velocity.
● Duct Velocity is air velocity across the duct cross section, in fpm. When solid material is present in
the air stream, the duct velocity must be equal to the minimum design duct velocity.
● Minimum Design Duct Velocity Minimum air velocity required to move the particulates in the air
stream, in fpm.
Pointers in Good LEV Design

● Determine the volume of air per minute that will be handled by each hood to control the
contaminant release in the work environment.
● Careful duct design by using the minimum design duct velocity needed to transport the
contaminant
● Keeping the system always balanced.

222 222
Respiratory Protection Program
Minimum Requirements of the Program

● Administration
● Knowledge of Respiratory Hazards
● Assessment of Respiratory Hazards
● Control of Respiratory Hazards
● Selection of Proper Respiratory Protective Equipment
● Training
● Inspection, Maintenance, & Repair of Equipment
● Medical Surveillance
Examples of Engineering Controls:
Process/Exposure source Engineering control Additional procedural control

● Cleaning with solvent (i)Use a rag holder (i) Check controls are used
on rag (ii) Provide a small bin with a (ii) Safe disposal of waste
lid for used rags.
● Dust spills from (i) Portable vacuum cleaners (i) Ensure vacuum is maintained
damaged sacks with HEPA filter and available for use
(ii) Safe emptying of vacuum
cleaner
● Cutting-fluid mist from (i) Put an enclosure around (i) Train workers (e.g. It takes time
a lathe the lathe and extract and filter for the mist to clear from the
the air and discharge to a safe enclosures and this clearance time
place must be known)
(Protective gloves will also be (ii) Check and maintain fluid quality
required)
(iii) Test and maintain controls
(iv) Carry out health checks
● Dust from disc cutter (i) Carry out the process in an (i) Test and maintain controls
on stone worktop enclosure fitted with (ii) Train workers
extraction, filter and extract to
a safe place (iii) Carry out health check
● Transfer of volatile (i) Pumping rather than (i) Regular checks and maintenance
liquids pouring (e.g., Check for damage to lids seals)
(ii) Tight fitting lids to
minimize evaporation

223 223
● Evaporation of liquid (i) A layer of plastic balls (i) Check and maintain controls
from an electroplating floating on the surface to
tank reduce both evaporation and
mists
Source: https://oshwiki.eu/wiki/Engineering_controls
Administrative Controls
Administrative controls limit the duration of working time of the workers at a hazardous place. Examples
are
● Rotation of personnel
● Limiting the time spent (of personnel) in the hazard areas
● Good housekeeping and maintenance including cleanliness in the workplace, proper waste
disposal and adequate washing, toilet and eating facilities
● Special control methods for specific hazards, such as shielding, monitoring devices and
continuous sampling with preset alarms
● Giving workers longer rest periods or shorter work shifts to reduce exposure time
● Changing a work process to a shift when fewer people are working
● Clear and readable signage are administrative tool for communication and control of hazards at
workplaces
● Compliance to regulatory provisions is the best administrative control
● Organization of drills for emergency
● Training and education of workers
● Emergency response training (ex. First aid and Basic Life Support)
● Special programs specific to Ergonomics (ex. Prolonged standing and sitting, etc.)
● Medical Surveillance
● PPE Program
● Work Environment Measurement
● Chemical Safety Program (DO 136-14)
Limiting Operators’ Time

● Reduction of work periods is another method of control in limited areas where engineering
control methods at the source are not practical.
Examples are:
- hot environments
- works done in compressed air environment (decompression chambers)
Shielding
● This is one of the best controls used to reduce or eliminate exposures to physical stresses such as
heat and ionizing radiation.
● Shielding can also be used in protecting employees against exposure to radiant heat sources.

224 224
Personal Hygiene
● Personal hygiene must be a very important control measure when workers are exposed to
contaminants:
• Provision of smoking, washing and, eating facilities
• Provision of shower facilities and change rooms for changing work clothes to street clothes
• Policy on no eating and drinking in chemical facilities
• Posting of hazardous work areas with caution and warning signs
Waste Disposal
● All hazardous wastes must be taken with great care so as not to harm the immediate
environment where they are generated.
● Containers of hazardous wastes must be properly labeled and caution signs must be posted in
areas where they are generated and stored.
● Disposal of hazardous wastes must be only done by trained personnel.
Medical Controls
● Medical controls are an important part of an occupational health control program:
● A medical control program can serve as a verification of the engineering controls or other control
methods.
● A medical program should parallel the industrial hygiene program.
● A physical examination of new employees should include a thorough detailed history of previous
occupational exposures to chemical and physical agents.
● The periodic medical examination is a monitoring procedure supplementary to environmental
monitoring.
Training and Education

● Training and education are required to supplement engineering controls.
● Short courses on specific health hazards must be developed in order to help the workers
understand the hazards they encounter in the workplace.
● Managers and supervisors must be provided with their moral and legal responsibilities in
controlling the exposures of their workers.
Action Plans for specific for Noise
Reduce noise levels

Reduced noise levels will directly reduce the risk of hearing loss for your employees. You should
consider the use of alternative equipment or safe systems of work including
• shock absorbers
• well maintained equipment
• sound barriers, absorbers or reflectors

225 225
• designing work areas to separate noisy machines

• silencers and vibration dampers to machines and tools
• limiting the amount of time employees need to spend in noisy areas each day.
Provide hearing protection

o Hearing protection in noisy environments should normally only be considered as a temporary
measure. You should work to reduce noise levels to below exposure action values. Protection
should be used as a last resort where a risk remains after steps have been taken to reduce noise
levels.
o While working to reduce noise levels, it is good practice to provide suitable hearing protection to
staff exposed above 80db(A).
o Where noise exposure exceeds 85 dB(A), you must provide hearing protection to everyone
exposed and make sure it is used.
You should also
• make sure that hearing protection is properly maintained

• identify zones with signs to show where hearing protection must be worn
• introduce a health surveillance program for hearing assessments if required
• provide information, instruction and training on how to use, take care of and reorder hearing
protection.
Hearing protection comes in two main types
• those that cover the ear

• those that are inserted in the ear.
Hearing protection often needs to be worn with other protective equipment such as glasses
or hard hats. Make sure that these are compatible and one system does not interfere with
the other.
Carry out hearing checks

• Hearing checks must be provided when employees are exposed regularly to high noise levels
at increased risk of hearing loss, perhaps from a pre-existing medical condition.

226 226
It is good practice to carry out hearing checks for new employees working in noisy workplaces. This will
allow you to gather base line health and hearing information. This will help identify potential risk of
hearing loss throughout the employees working life.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Functions and uses of PPE
1. Head Protection - provides head protection against impact of falling objects and electrocution
- hard hats
2. Eye Protection - protects the eyes from hazards such as flying objects, sparks, light radiation,
splashes and gases
- googles, spectacles
3. Face Shields - to be used as eye and face protection where there are hazards from splashing or
dusts. In the activities involving grinding, face shields should only be secondary protection to
other safety devices such as safety goggles.
4. Ear Protection - to be used to the worker from excessive noise

- ear plug, ear muffs, canal caps
Noise Reduction Rating (NRR) - unit of measurement used to determine the effectiveness of
hearing protection devices to decrease sound exposure within a given working environment.
The higher the NRR number associated with a hearing protector, the greater the potential for
noise reduction.
5. Respiratory Protection - required when engineering improvements and administrative controls

are not enough to eliminate the risk.
TYPES OF RESPIRATORS

227 227
❖ Air Purifying Respirators

❖ Air - supplying Respirators
Types of Respirators (Air-Purifying)
Dust Mask/ Mechanical Filter

228 228
Chemical Cartridge Type
Types of Respirators (Air-Supplying)

229 229
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus SCBA

Criteria for Selection of Respirators
• Identification of contaminants
• Maximum possible concentration of contaminants in the work area
• Acceptability in terms of comfort
• Compatibility with the nature of job
• Proper fit to the face of user to prevent leakage
6. Hand and Arm Protection - required when workers’ hands are exposed to hazards that can be
absorbed by the skin, cuts or lacerations, severe abrasions, chemical burns or extreme
temperatures.
- gloves, hand pads, barrier creams, sleeves for arm protection.
7. Foot and Leg Protection - protects the workers from hazards caused by falling and sharp objects,
hot surfaces, wet or slippery surfaces and electricity.
- safety shoes/boots
8. Fall Protection - prevents the worker from falling when working in high elevation
- travel restraint, fall arrest, lifelines

230 230
9. Torso/body Protection - protects the worker from exposure to body injuries while performing their
tasks
- vests, jacket, apron, coverall, surgical gowns, full-body suits
In principle, PPE is used as the last line of defense.
Steps to be undertaken in the use of PPE:
1. formulate policy on the use of PPE and communicate this to the employees and guests, as needed
2. select the proper and approved type of PPE
3. develop and implement a training program
4. monitor and ensure that employees know the correct use and maintenance of the PPE

231 231
Respiratory Protective Equipment

1. Air Purifying
o Filter type
o Cartridge type
2. Respirator filters
- N-Series Filters
Filters restricted to use in those atmospheres free of oil aerosols
- Series Filters
Filters intended for removal of any particle including oil-based liquid aerosol. Used only for single shift (8
hours of continuous or intermittent use)
- P-Series Filters
Filters intended for removal of any particle including oil-based liquid aerosols. Should be used and reused
for no more than 40 hours or 30 days whichever occurs first
3. Air Supplying: Provides continuous supply of uncontaminated air. Ex. SCUBA
Used in:
• Confined spaces or oxygen deficient areas
• Concentration of contaminant is high
• Fire-fighting
Remember:
• All hazards can be controlled
• There are usually many alternative methods of control
• Some methods of control are better than the others
• Some situations will require more than one control method to obtain optimum results

232 232
Summary/Clear Points:
• Industrial Hygiene is the science and art devoted to the identification, evaluation
and control of hazards.
• It is important to know how to identify the different health hazards that may be
present in the workplace and these are physical, chemical, biological and
ergonomics.
• Identification of different health hazards in workplaces can be done by:
o Conducting walk-thru survey/ocular inspection
o Reviewing processes
o Knowing the raw materials, product and by-products
o Gathering worker’s observations and complaints
o Using GHS Labels and Safety Data Sheets
• Employers shall exert effort to maintain, control and carry out WEM to their workplace
• The conduct of WEM through area or personal monitoring is important to know the
levels of exposure of the workers to the different hazards in the workplace
• Threshold Limit Values are used to evaluate exposure to airborne contaminant
measured values must be within or should not exceed the TLV to ensure health of the
workers
• Other references or guidelines that are not specified in the OSHS may be used to
evaluate health hazards in the workplace
• The hierarchy of control of health hazards in the workplace are engineering,
administrative and use of PPE.
• Employers should have a hazard control plan that should be followed and check its
effectiveness.

233 233
MODULE 11
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAM
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAM
Occupational Health Program is a program provided by Management to deal

constructively with the health of employees in relation to their work
Objectives
1. To facilitate the placement and ensure the suitability of individuals according to

their physical capabilities, mental abilities, and emotional make-up in work which
they can perform with an acceptable degree of efficiency and without endangering
their own health and safety and that of their co-workers.
2. To protect employees against health hazards.
3. To assure adequate medical care and rehabilitation of the occupationally ill and
injured; and
4. To encourage personal health maintenance, e.g. physical fitness activities.
Activities
1. Maintenance of a healthful work environment - this requires that all personnel

perform periodic inspection of premises, including all facilities used by employees
and evaluate the work environment in order to detect and appraise health hazards,
mental as well as physical.
2. Health examinations
• Placement - the chief purpose is to help determine the individual’s personal
and emotional suitability for a work assignment and to provide data for future
health guidance.
• Periodic - these examinations make it possible to detect potentially serious
ailments in the early stages when treatment is most effective
• Special - these are given to employee exposed to potentially hazardous
materials and processes and whose work could involve hazards to health and
safety of others such as drivers, crane operators, or food handlers.
They are also recommended:

➢ Before transfer from one job to another
➢ Upon return to work after an illness or injury
➢ When an employee is going to returning from a foreign assignment
➢ Prior to retirement

234 234
3. Diagnosis and treatment of both occupational and non-occupational injuries

and diseases
4. Immunization programs – directed to the prevalent preventable diseases of the

locality
5. Medical records – health personnel must maintain accurate and complete
medical records of each worker from the time of his first examination to treatment
6. Health education & counseling – to help understand the “HOWS” and the
“WHYS” of good health practices and the use and care of personal protective
equipment
7. Nutrition programs – to meet the total health needs including the specific demand
of their work and the total living needs.
8. Mental health activities – the objective is to promote the mental health and
happiness of people at work.
9. Family planning program
10. Physical fitness program – develop awareness and understanding of the

benefits of such programs to employees in relation to his work and to motivate the
workers to undertake some kind of regular physical activity, which is suited to his
physical, mental, and social capabilities
Medical & Dental Services
First-aid Treatment – every employer shall keep in his establishment such first aid
medicines and equipment as the nature and conditions of work may require, in
accordance with such regulations as DOLE prescribe (50% of the total employee)
Art 155 – Emergency medical and dental services.

• The services of a full time registered nurse when the number of employees
exceeds fifty (50) but not more than two hundred (200) except when the employer
does not maintain hazardous workplaces, in which case the services of a graduate
first-aider shall be provided for when no registered nurse is available.
• The service of a full-time registered nurse, a part time physician and dentist, and
an emergency clinic, when the number of employees exceeds two hundred (200)
but not more than three hundred (300)
• The service of a full time physician, dentist and a full-time registered nurse as well
as a dental clinic, and an infirmary or emergency hospitals with one bed capacity
for everyone hundred employees, when the number of employees exceed three
hundred

235 235
Art 156 – When emergency hospital not required .

• The requirement for an emergency hospital or dental clinic shall not be applicable
in case there is a hospital or dental clinic which is accessible from the employer’s
establishment and he makes arrangements for the reservation therein of the
necessary beds and dental facilities for the use of his employees.
Art 157 – Health program

• The physician engaged by an employer shall, in addition to his duties, should
develop and implement a comprehensive occupational health program for the
benefit of the employees of his employer.
Art 158 – Qualifications of health personnel

• The physicians, dentists, and nurses employed by employers shall have the
necessary training in industrial medicine and occupational safety and health. The
Dept. of Labor and Employment, in consultation with industrial, medical, and
occupational safety and health associations, shall establish the qualifications,
criteria and conditions of employment of such health personnel.
Art 159 – Assistance of employer

• It shall be the duty of any employer to provide all the necessary assistance to
ensure the adequate and immediate medical and dental attendance and treatment
to an injured or sick employee in case of an emergency.
Biological Monitoring and Health Surveillance

Session Objectives: At the end of the session, the participants will be able to:
• Discuss the importance of medical surveillance and biological monitoring in determining the health
conditions of workers.
• Identify various medical surveillance programs that can be implemented to prevent occupational
illnesses.
• Discuss key procedures in conducting medical surveillance.
What is Occupational health?
The International Labor Organization (ILO) and the World Health Organization (WHO) defined Occupational
Health (OH) as the
• Promotion and maintenance of the highest degree of physical, mental and social well-being of
workers of all occupations

236 236
• Prevention among its workers of departures from health caused by their working conditions
• Protection of workers in their employment from risks usually fro factors adverse to health
• Placing and maintenance of the worker in an occupational environment adapted to his/her

physiological ability
Hence, occupational health is designed to protect employees from potential risks and hazards on the job,
assisting with everything from injury prevention to injury care
Health Monitoring
A set of activities performed to keep track if a person is injured or exposed to hazardous chemicals. It may
be implemented by employers to monitor a work environment for occupational or environmental health
hazards. There will be many different methods that are used for health monitoring and qualifications
necessary to be allowed to take part in certain kinds of health monitoring. Health monitoring should always
be carried out by a medical practitioner qualified for the task.
Three types of monitoring
1. Biologic monitoring - way to assess a worker’s biological intake of a chemical by measuring the
presence of either the chemical itself or its breakdown products in a biological sample
Samples taken for biomonitoring commonly include

• blood
• breath
• urine samples
2. Ambient monitoring - the systematic, long-term assessment of pollutant levels by measuring the
quantity and types of certain pollutants in the surrounding/work environment with the use of
Threshold Level Value (TLV)
3. Medical Surveillance
Medical screening and medical surveillance are two (2) fundamental strategies for optimizing employee
health and both can contribute significantly to the success of worksite health and safety programs.
The Joint ILO/WHO Committee on Occupational Health at its 12th Session in 1995 defined an occupational
health surveillance system as “a system which includes a functional capacity for data collection, analysis
and dissemination linked to occupational health programs”.

237 237
Medical screening is only one component of a comprehensive medical surveillance program. The
fundamental purpose of screening is early diagnosis and treatment of the individual and thus has a clinical
focus.
Medical surveillance is the systematic assessment of employees exposed or potentially exposed to

occupational health hazards.
This assessment monitors individuals for adverse health effects and determines the effectiveness of
exposure prevention strategies.
In general, primary purpose for implementing medical surveillance:
1. to protect the general health and fitness of all employees

2. to determine whether employees have the physical capability to perform their jobs (i.e., surveillance
to establish "fitness for duty").
Specifically, the data gathered from medical surveillance can be used to
• implement or change work practices,

• implement or change administrative control programs,
• modify training programs, and
• change the personal protective equipment of the employees
The fundamental purpose of surveillance is to detect and eliminate the underlying causes such as hazards
or exposures of any discovered trends and thus has a prevention focus.
OSHA "medical surveillance" requirements are generally clinically focused (example: medical and work
histories, physical assessment, biological testing) with information obtained from the clinical processes
used in the monitoring and analysis elements of medical surveillance.
A medical surveillance program includes the analysis of both individual and aggregate surveillance data
over time, with the goal of reducing and ultimately preventing occupational illnesses from occurring.
It involves health screening that refers to the early detection and treatment of diseases associated with
particular occupations, while workplace health surveillance refers to the removal of the causative factors.
Facts on Medical Surveillance…

• Pre-placement and periodic examinations are dependent upon specific factors cited in the
standard such as airborne concentrations of the substance and/or years of exposure, biological
indices, age of employee, amount of time exposed per year.
• Some standards require periodic exams to be conducted at varying time intervals.
• Some standards require medical and work history focused on special body systems, symptoms,
personal habits, and/or specific family, environmental or occupational history.

238 238
• No examination required if previous examination done within specified time frame (e.g., 6 months
or 12 months) and provisions of standard met.
• Additional physician review: Some standards have provisions for referring employees with
abnormalities to a specialist as deemed necessary by the examiner. Other standards have
provisions for multiple physician review.
Who Shall Conduct Medical Surveillance?
• Physicians with expertise in occupational health
Elements of the Medical Surveillance Program

1. Identification of the group(s) of workers for which surveillance or screening activities will be
appropriate.
2. An initial medical examination and collection of medical and occupational histories.
3. Periodic medical examinations at regularly scheduled intervals, including specific medical screening
tests when warranted.
4. More frequent and detailed medical examinations, as indicated on the basis of findings from these
examinations.
5. Post incident examinations and medical screening after uncontrolled or non-routine increases in
exposures such as spills.
6. Ongoing data analyses to evaluate collected information for surveillance and/or screening
purposes.
7. Worker training to recognize symptoms of exposure to a given hazard.
8. A written report of medical findings.
9. Employer actions in response to the identification of potential hazards and risks to health.
Steps in the conduct of medical surveillance
1. Assessment of workplace health hazards
• an assessment of the physical, biomechanical, biologic and/or chemical hazards to which

employees may be exposed and which have the potential to cause adverse health consequences.
• This can be done by visiting the work site and interviewing health, safety and production
personnel, as well as the involved employees.
• observation of the work processes in their entirety, evaluate job tasks, review of safety data
sheets of relevant chemicals, discuss personal protective measures, conduct a medical literature
review as needed and investigate all other relevant information necessary to achieve a full
understanding of the hazards and exposures that are present.
2. Identification of target organ toxicities for each hazard

239 239
Target organ toxicity occurs when the disease or adverse effects manifest in specific organ of the body.
Organ Systems Often Affected by Toxic Exposure

Organ/ System Exposure Examples Disease Example Industry
respiratory asbestos, radon, Pneumoconiosis, Mining, construction,

glues, nickel, asbestosis, bagassosis, textile, agriculture, metal
bagasse, cancer refineries
inorganic dust,
arsenic
chromium
Skin dioxin, nickel, allergic contact Plastic, varnish, chemical,

arsenic, mercury, dermatitis, burns, construction, cement,
cement irritation laundry
(chromium),
polychlorinated
biphenyls,
(PCBs),
glues/epoxies,
rubber cement,
grease, sodium
hydroxide
Liver carbon acute liver toxicity, cleaning fluids, dry

tetrachloride, cirrhosis, acute cleaners, smelting,
methylene obstructive hepatitis insecticides, chemical,
chloride, vinyl plastic, vinyl chloride
chloride, arsenic monomer manufacturing
chlorinated
hydrocarbons,
epoxy resins
Kidney cadmium, lead, chronic renal disorder, battery, chemical,

mercury, renal stones, nephrotic solvents, cosmetics,
chlorinated syndrome pesticide industries
hydrocarbon
solvents,

240 240
chloroform,
carbon disulfide
Cardio- lead, carbon hypertension, battery recycling,

vascular disulfide, arsenic, atherosclerosis, manufacturing,
cadmium, ozone, arrhythmias, angina, degreasing, dry cleaning,
vinyl chloride, myocardial infarction refrigeration, solvent
carbon workers, explosives
monoxide, noise,
tobacco smoke,
physical stress,
nitrates,
methylene
chloride
There are chemicals that affect various organ systems. Generally, the higher the dose and the longer the
exposure, the worse shall be the adverse effect.
3. Selection of test for each “screen able” health effect
A screening test is done to detect potential health disorders or diseases in people who do not have any
symptoms of disease. The goal is early detection and lifestyle changes or surveillance, to reduce the risk of
disease, or to detect it early enough to treat it most effectively. Screening tests are not considered
diagnostic, but are used to identify a subset of the population who should have additional testing to
determine the presence or absence of disease.
4. Biologic monitoring
.
This refers to the collection and analysis of blood, urine, sputum or other body fluids and tissues to look for
evidence of exposure to chemical hazards in the workplace. Biologic monitoring may evaluate the
unchanged chemical in body fluids, a metabolite of the original chemical, an enzymatic alteration, a
physiologic effect or a secondary clinical finding.
An example would be getting a blood lead level and/or zinc protoporphyrin level of a worker with known
lead exposure, obtaining a urinary phenol level in a worker with benzene exposure and obtaining a red
blood cell cholinesterase level in a worker with organophosphate pesticide exposure
Biological monitoring is important in the prevention of occupational diseases of workers who are exposed
to chemicals on a regular basis, particularly when multi-route exposure (inhalation, skin absorption,
ingestion) or abnormal exposure takes place.

241 241
It is developed for the assessment of the health risks from exposure to metals in the work environment,
and the approaches and concepts of biomonitoring are derived from such exposures. At present,
biomonitoring is increasingly used to assess exposure from the environment.
The reference values most commonly used in this case are guidelines such as the annually revised Biological
Exposure Indices (BEIs), published by the ACGIH.
Example of Chemicals with Established BEIs
Chemical Biological Specimen Chemical Biological Specimen
Lead Blood Methanol Urine

Fluorides Urine Hexane Urine or exhaled air
Arsenic Urine Methoxyethanol Urine
Benzene Urine Mercury Urine or blood
Cadmium Urine or blood Methyl chloroform Exhaled air, urine or
blood
Carbon disulfide Urine Toluene Urine or blood
Role of Biological Monitoring
• Detects dermal, inhalation and ingestion exposures

• Detects non-workplace exposures
• Evaluates effectiveness of PPE
• Captures worker hygiene, contact rate (e.g., respiration and metabolism variability)
Chemical or Particulate Exposures /tests
• Pulmonary Function Testing is a way to measure lung function. It can assist in the early detection
of occupational lung diseases and provides information about the severity and staging of asthma
and other restrictive lung diseases.
• Spirometry tests measure how quickly air can be pushed out from the lungs and is useful in
evaluating diseases that cause obstruction to flow.
• Plethysmography measures lung volume by having the subject perform breathing tests inside of an
airtight box. Flow rates can be measured by asking subjects to blow air out of the lungs as fast and
as hard as possible from their largest inhaled breath (inspiration) to the maximum exhaled breath
(expiration). The volume exhaled in the first second is called the forced expiratory volume in one
second (FEV1). These flow rates can be indicators of disease that cause obstruction to airflow, such
as asthma, chronic bronchitis, and emphysema.

242 242
5. Interpretation of test results
When interpreting biological monitoring data, the company physician must take into consideration factors
that contribute to individual variation in response to the exposure. You and your colleagues will likely have
differences in pulmonary function, hemodynamics, body composition, efficacy of excretory organs, and
activity of enzyme systems that mediate metabolism of the chemical. Other factors to consider include
personal factors (age, sex, pregnancy, medications, state of health), lifestyle choices (smoking, drug use,
eating habits, and personal hygiene), and environmental exposures outside the workplace. It is possible to
exceed the BEIs and not experience adverse health effects. Your personal or company physician must
carefully evaluate your personal profile and integrate all necessary information into the interpretation of
biological monitoring results.
To assist in the interpretation of biological monitoring, particularly the BEIs, the physician is referred to the
ACGIH Documentation of the BEIs which detail specific information on the above variables as they relate to
a specific chemical agent, and lists quality control measures to be taken in the sampling, handling, and
analysis of specimens.
6. Communication/Notification
Feedback of individual and group results completes the surveillance cycle. The company physician who is
involved in a work-site medical surveillance program must communicate results to several stakeholder
groups. In doing so, confidentiality must be ensured.
The goal of the feedback process is to ensure that the activities of the family physician performing screening
tasks are linked to the rest of the surveillance effort. The feedback process facilitates and encourages
continuous review of work-site exposures and the health outcomes of such exposures, and it also provides
a mechanism for continuously improving health and safety performance. As appropriate, action-planning
steps should be established to remedy matters of concern.
7. Evaluation and control of exposure
An important part of any medical surveillance or screening program is assessing the overall program
efficacy by evaluating the program in a number of ways. Quality assurance and control should be
considered for all workplace sampling and medical testing. For medical tests, review or direct assessment
of the laboratory’s quality assurance procedures should be considered. Another component of program
evaluation is assessing the appropriateness of the target populations.
8. Record keeping
A health record must be kept for all employees under health surveillance.

243 243
Medical surveillance records are important because they allow links to be made between exposure and any
health effects. Health records, or a copy, should be kept in a suitable form for at least 40 years from the
date of last entry because often there is a long period between exposure and onset of ill health.
Individual, up-to-date health records must be kept for each employee placed under health surveillance.
These should include details about the employee and the health surveillance procedures relating to them.
Employee details should include:
● surname
● forename(s)
● gender
● date of birth
Confidentiality of Information
• Most countries have specific regulations for individual health data, which require that the worker
be informed if this information is ever shared with any third party.
• Occupational Health Records (OHR) have the same protections as any medical record that has
confidential health information.
• Employers must store OHR in a secured area free from unauthorized access, use, or disclosure.
• Workers should have the right to access this information whenever they wish
o permanent address, including postcode
o National Insurance number
o Date present employment started
Examples of Hazards
OCCUPATIONS HAZARDS
Carpenters Wood dust, heavy loads, repetitive motion
Electricians Heavy metals in solder fumes, asbestos dust, awkward

posture
Painters Solvents, paint additives, toxic metals in pigments

244 244
Demolition workers Asbestos, noise, lead, dust
Tile setters Solvents from adhesives, awkward postures
Pipefitters, plumbers Lead fumes and particles, asbestos
OCCUPATIONS HAZARDS
Masons Cement, awkward posture, heavy loads
Drillers Noise, vibration, dust
Truck and equipment Noise, vibration, engine exhaust

operators
Highway and street Asphalt emissions, heat, engine exhaust

construction workers
Welders, solderers Welding emissions, metal fumes, lead
Physical Hazards
Noise

245 245
Other Harmful Effects of Noise

• Hypertension
• Hyperacidity
• Palpitations
• Stress-related disorder (sleep disturbance & irritability)
Noise Prevention Measures

• Otoscopic
• Audiometry
Extreme of Temperatures
⚫ Acclimatization
⚫ Adapting the worker to a very hot environment by exposing to the area
progressively (3-4 hours in the first working days and the duration
increases afterwards)

246 246
Vibration
Segmental Vibration Health Effects

• Hand Arm Vibration Syndrome (HAVS)
• tingling, numbness, blanching of fingers
• pain
Whole Body Vibration Health Effects
• Disorders of the spine

• Low back pain

247 247
Other Health Effects
Preventive Measures

248 248
Administrative Measures
• Adequate information and training to operators of vibrating machinery on correct and
safe work practices
• Arrange work schedules to include rest periods
Technical Measures
• Choice of tools with lowest vibration and ergonomic designs
Medical Procedures
• Pre-employment medical screening and subsequent clinical examination at regular
interval
Radiation
Radiation Health Effects
UV Keratitis
Cataract

249 249
Radiation Preventive Measures
Illumination
Health Effects of Poorly Lighted Workplace

⚫ Visual Fatigue
⚫ Double Vision
⚫ Headaches
⚫ Painful irritation
⚫ Lacrimation
⚫ Conjunctivitis
Inadequate Illumination Prevention

⚫ Adequate lighting
⚫ Both the quantity and quality of light is important for optimum vision
⚫ Baseline and periodic eye examination

250 250
Ergonomics
Health Effects
Work in which improper postures is maintained.
Prolonged Reaching/ Shoulder elevation
Bending

251 251
Twisting
Kneeling and Squatting

252 252
Weight Lifting Works

253 253
Health Effects:
MSDs
“Injuries and illnesses that affect muscles, nerves, tendons, ligaments, joints or spinal discs”
Common Symptoms of MSDs
• Painful joints
• Pain, tingling, numbness in hands, wrists, forearms, shoulders, knees and feet
• Shooting or stubbing pains
• Swelling or inflammation
• Low back pain
• Neck/shoulder pain
• Stiffness

254 254
Preventive Measures
Redesigning the Work Area

255 255
• Take r e g u l a r b r e a k s f r o m w o r k
• Alternate w o r k tasks
• Re gu l ar s t r e t c h i n g

256 256
Common causes of death of Filipinos (DOH)
RANK CAUSE OF DEATH % DEATH RISK FACTORS

1 Cardiovascular conditions: 54 ● Smoking
● Heart Disease ● High Fat diet
● Stroke ● Stress
● Hypertension ● Excessive Salt Intake
2 Accidents 13 ● Alcohol use
● Hazardous acts
3 Lung Disease 12 ● Smoking
4 Cancer 5 ● Smoking
● High fat diet
5 Other Diseases 4 ● Exposure to malaria
● Alcohol
6 Liver Disease 4 ● Alcohol
● Hazardous Work Conditions
7 Suicide/Homicide 4 ● Alcohol use
● Stress
● Risk taking, etc.
8 Diabetes 3 ● Obesity
● Sedentary lifestyle
9 Kidney Disease 3 ● Hazardous Work Conditions
Common health problems
Mode of Transmission
Disease Cause Symptoms
Pulmonary Tuberculosis Mycobacterium Inhalation of droplet > fatigue, weight loss

tuberculosis nuclei from sneezing > persistent cough, sometimes
and coughing with purulent secretions and
hemoptysis, chest pains
>low grade fever
Acquired Human Blood, semen, vaginal > rapid weight loss

Immunodeficiency Immunodeficiency Virus and cervical mucus, > recurring fever or profuse night
Syndrome (AIDS) (HIV) breast milk, amniotic sweats.
fluid, cerebrospinal fluid > extreme and unexplained
tiredness.
- Having vaginal or > prolonged swelling of the lymph
anal sex with glands in the armpits, groin, or
someone who has neck.
HIV without using > Diarrhea that lasts for more than
a condom or a week.
taking medicines. > Sores of the mouth, anus, or
- Sharing injection genitals.
drug equipment Pneumonia
(“works”), such as
needles, with
someone who has

257 257
HIV.
-
Hepatitis B Hepatitis B virus (HBV) Sexual contact > Jaundice.- Your skin or the
Mother to child whites of the eyes turn yellow,
and your pee turns brown or
orange.)
> Light-colored poop
> Fever
> Fatigue that persists for weeks
or months
> Stomach trouble like loss of
appetite, nausea, and vomiting
> Belly pain
Tetanus Clostridium tetani Puncture wounds > early symptoms of tetanus

include diarrhea, fever, and
headache
H. Common Diseases in Workplace (Hepatitis, Tuberculosis, HIV/AIDS, Substance Abuse)
Hepatitis B
DOLE Department Advisory no.05-2010
Guidelines for the Implementation of a Workplace Policy and Program on Hepatitis B
HEPATITIS B VIRUS

258 258
Hepatitis-b virus
• HBV is a small, double-shelled virus in the family Hepadnaviridae.
• Humans are the only known host.
• HBV is relatively resilient and, in some instances, has been shown to remain infectious on
environmental surfaces for more than 7 days at room temperature.
• HBeAg is detected in the serum of persons with high virus titers and indicates high infectivity.
• Hepatitis B is an infection of the liver caused by a virus that's spread through blood and body fluids.
• It often does not cause any obvious symptoms in adults, and typically passes in a few months
without treatment.
• 90% of people who get infected with the virus develop antibodies and recover spontaneously, even
without treatment.
• 10% may progress either to CHRONIC HEPATITIS B infection, develop LIVER CIRRHOSIS, LIVER
CANCER or become asymptomatic carriers.
Epidemiology
• An estimated 2 billion persons worldwide have been infected with HBV, and more than 350 million
persons have chronic, lifelong infections.
• HBV infection is an established cause of acute and chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis.
• It is the cause of up to 50% of hepatocellular carcinomas (HCC).
• The World Health Organization estimated that more than 600,000 persons died worldwide in 2002
of hepatitis B-associated acute and chronic liver disease.
Transmission
• Parenteral: Primarily through blood and blood products
• Vertical: From pregnant mother to her baby during conception
• Sexual: Same mode of transmission with HIV-AIDS
Incubation period
• The incubation period ranges from 45 to 160 days (average,120 days).
Signs and symptoms

• The preicteric, or prodromal phase:

259 259
• From initial symptoms to onset of jaundice usually lasts from 3 to 10 days.

• Insidious onset of malaise, anorexia, nausea, vomiting, right upper quadrant abdominal pain, fever,
headache, myalgia, skin rashes, arthralgia and arthritis, and dark urine, beginning 1 to 2 days before
the onset of jaundice.
• The icteric phase:
• Usually lasts from l to 3 weeks
• Characterized by jaundice, light or gray stools, hepatic tenderness and hepatomegaly
(splenomegaly is less common)
• Convalescent phase:
• Malaise and fatigue may persist for weeks or months, while jaundice, anorexia, and other
symptoms disappear
Medical treatment
• Interferon alpha (IFNa, or PEG-IFNa)
• Nucleoside or nucleotide analogues such as lamivudine, adefovir, entecavir telbivudine, and
tenofovir
Prevention
• Health education
• Improvement of personal hygiene
• Strict attention to sterility
• Screen donors for HbSAg and HbeAg
• Abstinence and avoid unprotected sex
• Vaccination
Tuberculosis prevention and control in the workplace
DOLE Department Order No. 73-05
Guidelines for the implementation of policies and programs on tuberculosis prevention and control in the
workplace.

260 260
What is TB?
• Stands for Tubercle Bacilli, the bacteria that causes tuberculosis

• Primarily affects the LUNGS, but also affects other organs
• An infectious disease
• Highly communicable
NATIONAL TB PROGRAM

261 261
According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), TB is spread through the air from one
person to another. The bacteria are put into the air when a person with TB disease of the lungs or throat
coughs, sneezes, speaks, or sings. People nearby may breathe in these bacteria and become infected.
When a person breathes in TB bacteria, the bacteria can settle in the lungs and begin to grow. From there,
they can move through the blood to other parts of the body, such as the kidney, spine, and brain.
TB disease in the lungs or throat can be infectious. This means that the bacteria can be spread to other
people. TB in other parts of the body, such as the kidney or spine, is usually not infectious.
People with TB disease are most likely to spread it to people they spend time with every day. This includes
family members, friends, and coworkers or schoolmates.
What is latent TB Infection?
The CDC says that, in most people who breathe in TB bacteria and become infected, the body is able to
fight the bacteria to stop them from growing. The bacteria become inactive, but they remain alive in the
body and can become active later. This is called latent TB infection. People with latent TB infection:
● Have no symptoms
● Don’t feel sick
● Can’t spread TB bacteria to others
● Usually have a positive skin test reaction or positive TB blood test
● May develop TB disease if they do not receive treatment for latent TB infection

262 262
Many people who have latent TB infection never develop TB disease. In these people, the TB bacteria
remain inactive for a lifetime without causing disease. But in other people, especially people who have
weak immune systems, the bacteria become active, multiply, and cause TB disease.
Is it alright for a patient on pills to take anti-TB drugs?

• A woman taking anti-TB drugs while on pills/oral contraceptives has two options:
• Take an oral contraceptive pill containing a higher dose of estrogen, following consultation with a
clinician;
• Use another form of contraception.
• Rifampicin may decrease oral contraceptive’s protective efficacy against pregnancy.
Can a TB patient go back to work?

Yes, after 2-3 weeks of treatment, the patient is usually non-infectious. It is advised that before a patient
reports back to work, he/she should undergo sputum examination and is smear negative.
DOTS Strategy…the Solution!

Directly Observed Therapy Short Course
With DOTS -90% CURE RATE
HIV-AIDS PREVENTION AND CONTROL IN THE WORKPLACE
DOLE Department Order No. 102- 10 Series 2010

Guideline for the implementation of HIV and AIDS prevention and control in the workplace program

263 263
Are some Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs) associated with HIV?
Yes, people who get syphilis, gonorrhea, and herpes often also have HIV, or are more likely to get HIV in
the future.
Why does having an STD put me more at risk for getting HIV?
If you get an STD, you are more likely to get HIV than someone who is STD-free. This is because the same
behaviors and circumstances that may put you at risk for getting an STD also can put you at greater risk for
getting HIV. In addition, having a sore or break in the skin from an STD may allow HIV to more easily enter
your body. If you are sexually active, get tested for STDs and HIV regularly, even if you don’t have symptoms.
What activities can put me at risk for both STDs and HIV?
● Having anal, vaginal, or oral sex without a condom;

● Having multiple sex partners;
● Having anonymous sex partners;
● Having sex while under the influence of drugs or alcohol can lower inhibitions and result in greater
sexual risk-taking.
What can I do to prevent getting STDs and HIV?
The only 100% effective way to avoid STDs is to not have vaginal, anal, or oral sex. If you are sexually active,
you can do the following things to lower your chances of getting STDs and HIV:
● Choose less risky sex activities;

● Use a new condom;
● Reduce the number of people with whom you have sex;
● Limit or eliminate drug and alcohol use before and during sex;
● Have an honest and open talk with your healthcare provider and ask whether you should be tested
for STDs and HIV;

264 264
● Talk to your healthcare provider and find out if either pre-exposure prophylaxis, or PEP, or post-
exposure prophylaxis, or PEP, is a good option for you to prevent HIV infection
Epidemiology
From the World Health Organization, 2020
There were approximately 38 million people worldwide living with HIV/AIDS by the end of 2019. Of
these, 2.0 million were children (<15 years old). At the end of 2019, an estimated 81% of people living
with HIV knew their status. 67% were receiving antiretroviral therapy (ART) and 59% had achieved
suppression of the HIV virus with no risk of infecting others The number of new people starting
treatment is far below expectation due to the reduction in HIV-testing and treatment initiation and
ARV disruptions that occurred during the COVID-19 pandemic. By end 2020, testing and treatment
rates showed steady but variable recovery.
Philippine Scenario

265 265

266 266
What is HIV/STD Treatment?
HIV treatment involves taking medicines that slow the progression of the virus in your body. HIV is a type
of virus called a retrovirus, and the combination of drugs used to treat it is called antiretroviral therapy
(ART).
Although a cure for HIV does not yet exist, ART can keep you healthy for many years, ART reduces the
amount of virus (or viral load) in your blood and body fluids. ART is recommended for all people with HIV,
regardless of how long they’ve had the virus or how healthy they are. ART also reduces your chance of
transmitting HIV to others if taken as prescribed.
ART is usually taken as a combination of 3 or more drugs to have the greatest chance of lowering the
amount of HIV in your body. Ask your health care provider about the availability of multiple drugs combined
into 1 pill.
If the HIV medicines you are taking are not working as well as they should, your health care provider may
change your prescription. A change is not unusual because the same treatment does not affect everyone
in the same way.
Let your health care provider and pharmacist know about any medical conditions you may have and any
other medicines you are taking. Additionally, if you or your partner is pregnant or considering getting
pregnant, talk to your health care provider to determine the right type of ART that can greatly reduce the
risk of transmitting HIV to your baby.
What is RA 8504 all about?
An act promulgating policies and prescribing measures for the prevention and control of HIV/AIDS in the
Philippines, instituting a nationwide HIV/AIDS information and educational program, establishing a
comprehensive HIV/AIDS monitoring system, strengthening the Philippine National Aids Council, and for
other purposes.
RA 8504 now repealed by RA 1116.
REPUBLIC ACT No. 11166
An Act Strengthening the Philippine Comprehensive Policy on Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and
Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) Prevention, Treatment, Care, and Support, and,
Reconstituting the Philippine National Aids Council (PNAC), Repealing for the Purpose Republic Act No.
8504, Otherwise Known as the "Philippine Aids Prevention and Control Act of 1998", and Appropriating
Funds.

267 267
What is the purpose of RA 11166?

The State shall respect, protect, and promote human rights as the cornerstones of an effective
response to the country's HIV and AIDS situation. Hence, HIV and AIDS education and information
dissemination should form part the right to health.
Substance Abuse
DOLE Department Order no. 53-03
Guidelines for implementation of a Drug free workplace Policies and Programs for the private sector.
What are Illegal Drugs?
• Illegal drugs are drugs whose production, distribution, or use are either forbidden or only allowed
via a doctor’s prescription.

268 268
• An illegal drug is also a prescription drug that somebody has dangerously modified.
• Recreational drugs, such as heroin, cocaine, and ecstasy.
• Marijuana has medical uses but is illegal in the Philippines.
• Alcohol – is not illegal but is a substance of abuse.
Criteria for substance use dependence in ICD-10
Three or more of the following must have been experienced or exhibited at some time during the
previous year:
1. A strong desire or sense of compulsion to take the substance;

2. Difficulties in controlling substance-taking behavior in terms of its onset, termination, or levels
of use;
3. A physiological withdrawal state when substance use has ceased or been reduced, as evidenced
by: the characteristic withdrawal syndrome for the substance; or use of the same (or a closely
related) substance with the intention of relieving or avoiding withdrawal symptoms;
4. Evidence of tolerance, such that increased doses of the psychoactive substance are required in
order to achieve effects originally produced by lower doses;
5. Progressive neglect of alternative pleasures or interests because of psychoactive substance use,
increased amount of time necessary to obtain or take the substance or to recover from its
effects;
6. Persisting with substance use despite clear evidence of overtly harmful consequences, such as
harm to the liver through excessive drinking, depressive mood states consequent to heavy
substance use, or substance-related impairment of cognitive functioning. Efforts should be made
to determine that the user was actually, or could be expected to be, aware of the nature and
extent of the harm.
Different kinds of Illegal Drugs
1. Marijuana – Creates slowed reaction time, euphoria, relaxation and increased appetite.
2. Heroin – Euphoria, drowsiness as well as impaired coordination and slowed breathing.
3. Cocaine – Nasal damage, increased heart rate, and blood pressure, as well as increased energy and
mental alertness.
4. Methamphetamine – Can cause severe dental problems, increased heart rate, blood pressure,
anxiety, and mental alertness.
5. MDMA – Can cause sleep disturbances, depression, impaired memory, addiction as well as increased
tactile sensitivity and lowered inhibition.

269 269
6. Ketamine – Can impair memory, cause delirium as well as create a feeling of being separated from
one’s body.
7. LSD – Can increase body temperature and heart rate as well as create an altered state of perception
and hallucinations.
8. Steroids – These create no intoxication effects but can alter blood pressure and create blood clots
and liver cysts.
9. Inhalants – can give individuals muscle cramps, depression, and memory impairment as well as
stimulation and loss of inhibition depending on the chemical.
10. PCP and Analogs – Causes anxiety, tremors, numbness as well as psychosis, aggression, and violence.
Why do people use Illegal Drugs?
• Boredom
• Peer pressure or to fit it
• Experimentation
• To control pain
• Grooming
What factors influence the effect of drugs in the human body?
• What type of drug the individual consumes?

• Where the consumer is when he or she uses it.
• How much the person consumes.
• What the person is doing when they are using the drug.
• The person’s health, body size, age, i.e., their overall characteristics.
• What else the consumer used when they used that drug.
Drug Addiction
• Addiction is defined as a chronic, relapsing disorder characterized by compulsive drug seeking and
use despite adverse consequences.
• It is considered a brain disorder, because it involves functional changes to brain circuits involved in
reward, stress, and self-control,
• and those changes may last a long time after a person has stopped taking drugs.

270 270
Alcohol and Drugs in the Workplace

271 271
Contrary to popular belief, most Americans struggling with a substance use disorder continue to hold down
a job. According to the National Council on Alcoholism and Drug Dependence (NCADD), more than 70
percent of those abusing illicit drugs in America are employed, as are most binge drinkers. The most
common illicit drugs abused on the job are marijuana and cocaine.
● Absenteeism
● Healthcare costs
● Lost productivity
Some people who abuse drugs or alcohol might qualify as “high-functioning,” or able to reach personal and
professional success despite substance abuse. “High-functioning” does not mean healthy. Substance abuse
and addiction cause damage in workplaces across the country.
Workplace Drug Abuse Effects
Substance abuse in the workplace can lead to lowered productivity, physical injuries and fatalities.
The likelihood for workplace accidents skyrockets when employees are under the influence. Drinking on
the job can also lead to aggravated assault and sexual battery charges.
Other side effects of addiction and drug abuse at work can include:
● Withdrawal symptoms affecting job performance

● Inability to focus or concentrate while under the influence
● Needless risk-taking affecting company
● Illegal sales of drugs to coworkers and other illicit activities
Those who abuse drugs are not the only ones affected in the workplace. Friends, family members and
coworkers report mental stress at work as well.
Workplace Drug Abuse and Addiction Treatment

Employed adults might be reluctant to take time off from work for an inpatient treatment program, but
there are many options in battling a drug or alcohol addiction. Outpatient programs can help professionals
recover while retaining some normalcy at work.
Many businesses also enroll in the Employee Assistance Program (EAP), a national initiative of the NCADD.
The EAP can point addiction sufferers and their loved ones toward community resources for emotional
support and treatment. Twelve-step groups like Alcoholics Anonymous and Narcotics Anonymous can also
provide accountability during recovery, so former users can get and stay clean.
Whatever treatment method you choose, getting well again is possible with the proper medical
assistance. Speak with someone who can help you find treatment now.

272 272
Other health hazards
Stress in the job/workplace- is the harmful physical and emotional responses that can happen when there
is a conflict between job demands on the employee and the amount of control an employee has over
meeting these demands
Effects of stress to the body

273 273
Tobacco or Substance abuse

• Smoking causes 84% of deaths from lung cancer and 83% of deaths from chronic obstructive
pulmonary disease (COPD)
• Your lungs can be very badly affected by smoking. Coughs, colds, wheezing and asthma are just the
start.
• Smoking can cause fatal diseases such as pneumonia, emphysema and lung cancer.
Major health risks of smoking:
• heart disease,
• stroke,
• chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD),
• emphysema,
• diabetes,
• osteoporosis,
• rheumatoid arthritis,
• age-related macular degeneration and cataracts,

274 274
• worsens asthma symptoms in adults
Alcohol
• Drinking not only increases the possibility of employees getting injured, it can also lead to more
on-the-job accidents.
• Additionally, alcohol can cause a lack of concentration and coordination in an employee's work
performance.
• This reduces productivity, which in turn impacts business goals and objectives

275 275
Other Mandatory Health Policies

• D.O. No. 53-03, IRR of RA 9165, Comprehensive Dangerous Drugs Act of 2002
• D.O. No. 73-05, Guidelines for the Implementation of Policy and Program on Tuberculosis
Prevention and Control in the Workplace
• R.A. 8504, The Philippine AIDS Prevention and Control Act of
• 1998 – DO 102 - 2010
• DOLE Department Advisory No. 5, series of 2010, guidelines on workplace policy and program on
Hepatitis B
• Expanded Breastfeeding Promotion Act Republic Act 10028
• Chapter VII, Industrial Hygiene of PD 856 - Sanitation Code of the Philippines
• DO 178 – 2017 Safety and Health Measures for Workers, have to spend long hours Standing
Remember:
• Chemical hazards can enter the body through different routes
• Several factors influence the effects of exposure to industrial substances
• Workers may show different responses to exposure to industrial substances
• Exposure to industrial substances can be controlled and illnesses/ injuries can be prevented

276 276
Occupational Health Program

• Can help save the health and lives of workers by reducing hazards and their consequences
• Have positive effects on both workers morale and productivity
• Saves money
Summary:
• The purpose of medical surveillance in occupational health is prevention of illness.
• When illness arises from a particular exposure, medical surveillance is necessary
• We can refer to Safety Data Sheet on the health effects of chemicals used in my workplace
• Medical Surveillance and biological monitoring are strategies done to check for any abnormalities
in the body at physiological and cellular levels.
• Safety Officer must clarify the risk of the health hazards before implementing appropriate control
measures to address them
• Medical Surveillance has to be followed by preventive action and evaluation of the effectiveness
of intervention
• There are various health effects for every health hazard present in my workplace.
• Exposure to workplace hazards have ill-effects to the workers’ health
• Monitoring prevents the occurrence of work-related and occupational diseases
• Establishing workplace policies and programs will definitely benefit everyone.
COVID-19
Objectives: At the end of the session, participants will be able to:
● Describe the basic facts and recent information on CoVid-19

● Recognize CoVid-19 as a workplace issue
● Identify relevant laws and guidelines on CoVid-19
Corona Virus-19
Formerly, this disease was referred to as ‘2019 novel coronavirus’ or ‘2019-nCoV.’ The COVID-19 virus is a
new virus linked to the same family of viruses as severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) and some types
of common cold.
The human coronavirus discovered in 2003, SARS-CoV, which causes severe acute respiratory
syndrome (SARS), has a unique pathogenesis because it causes both upper and lower respiratory tract
infections
The virus has a 96% similarity to a bat coronavirus, so it is widely suspected to originate from bats as
well. The pandemic has resulted in travel restrictions and nationwide lockdowns in several countries.

277 277
Coronaviruses are large, mostly spherical, sometimes pleomorphic (changeable in shape), particles with
bulbous surface projections. The average diameter of the virus particles is around 125 nm (.125 μm). The
diameter of the envelope is 85 nm and the spikes are 20 nm long. On average, a coronavirus particle has
74 surface spikes.
In humans, these viruses cause respiratory tract infections that can range from mild to lethal.
Mild illnesses include some cases of the common cold (which is caused also by certain other viruses,
predominantly rhinoviruses), while more lethal varieties can cause SARS, MERS, and COVID-19.
Coronaviruses mainly target epithelial cells (surfaces of your body, such as your skin, blood vessels, urinary
tract, or organs)
SARS coronavirus, for example, infects via an aerosol route, the human epithelial cells of the lungs by
binding to the angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ACE2) receptor.
Other Affected Organs . . .
● Eyes
● Skin
● Blood Vessels
● Other Internal Organs
The main concern is swelling of these organs . . . .
Mode of Transmission
Infected carriers are able to shed viruses into the environment. The interaction of the coronavirus spike
protein with its complementary cell receptor is central in determining the tissue tropism, infectivity, and
range of the released virus.

278 278
The virus is transmitted through direct contact with respiratory droplets of an infected person (generated
through coughing and sneezing). Individuals can also be infected from and touching surfaces contaminated
with the virus and touching their face (e.g., eyes, nose, mouth). The COVID-19 virus may survive on surfaces
for several hours, but simple disinfectants can kill it.
What are the symptoms of COVID-19?
Most common symptoms:

• fever
• dry cough
• tiredness
Less common symptoms:

• aches and pains
• sore throat
• diarrhea
• conjunctivitis
• headache
• loss of taste or smell
• a rash on skin, or discoloration of fingers or toe
Serious symptoms:
• difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
• chest pain or pressure
• loss of speech or movement
Who is most at risk?

• Older people

279 279
• Those with underlying medical conditions (such as cardiovascular disease, diabetes,

chronic respiratory disease, and cancer)
As this is a new virus, we are still learning about how it affects children.
What is the treatment for COVID-19?
There is no currently available vaccine for COVID-19.

However, many of the symptoms can be treated and getting early care from a healthcare provider can
make the disease less dangerous.
There are several clinical trials that are being conducted to evaluate potential therapeutics for COVID-19.
How can the spread of COVID-19 be slowed down or prevented? . . .

As with other respiratory infections like the flu or the common cold, public health measures are critical to
slow the spread of illnesses. Public health measures are everyday preventive actions that include:
● Staying home when sick;

● Covering mouth & nose with flexed elbow or tissue when coughing or sneezing. Dispose of
used tissue immediately;
● washing hands often with soap and water; and
● Cleaning frequently touched surfaces and objects.
In May 2020, the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) and the Department of Trade and
Industry (DTI) issued the Interim Guidelines on the Prevention and Control of COVID-19. The guidelines
aim to assist private institutions allowed to operate during the ECQ and GCQ in developing the
minimum health protocols and standards considering the COVID-19 pandemic.
The guidelines spelled out specific health and safety standards that will be implemented in private
workplaces, namely:
● Increasing physical and mental resilience
● Reducing transmission of COVID-19
● Minimizing contact rate

280 280
● Reducing risk of infection from COVID-19
Increasing Physical and Mental Resilience

1. Emphasize everyday options to stay healthy such as:
• eat nutritious and well-cooked food,
• drink plenty of fluids and avoiding alcohol beverages,
• have adequate rest and at least 8 hours of sleep,
• exercise regularly.
2. Enjoin companies to provide free medicines and vitamins; and
3. Provide referral for workers needing counseling or presenting with mental health concerns.
Reducing transmission of COVID-19 (Prior to entrance in buildings or workplaces)

a. All employers and workers shall always wear a mask, accomplish the daily health symptoms
questionnaire, have body temperature checked and recorded, and sanitize both hands and
provide foot mats at the entrance, if applicable.
b. Disinfect equipment or vehicle entering the operational hub.
c. Instill physical distancing of at least one (1) meter on queue outside the office or store
premises.
Reducing transmission of COVID-19 (Inside the Workplace)

281 281
a. Clean and disinfect at least once every two hours in all work areas, and frequently handled
objects.
b. Provide sufficient clean water and soap in all washrooms and toilets.
c. Encourage workers to wash hands frequently and avoid touching their face.
d. Provide sanitizers in corridors, conference areas, elevators, stairways, and areas where
workers pass.
e. Practice physical distancing of 1-meter radius space between workers always.
f. Communal eating is discouraged.
g. Ensure that physical distancing is maintained if anything in dining areas. Dispose waste
properly.
h. clean and regularly disinfect the canteen and kitchens.
WSH: Minimizing Contact Rate

1. Adoption of alternative work arrangements-shift work or staggered work hours. WFH
2. Discourage prolonged face to face interaction between workers and the clients.
a. mask should be worn
b. meetings with minimum pax short duration
c. use video conferencing
3. Arrange office tables to maintain proper physical distance.
4. Design workstation layout to allow for unidirectional movement in isles, corridors and
walkways.
5. Limit number of people in enclosed space.
a. Elevators should have physical distancing
6. Encourage use of stairs with physical distancing.
7. Highly encourage the use of online systems for clients needing assistance from offices including
the use of video conferencing.
8. Roving officers shall ensure physical distancing and observance of health protocols.
WSH: Reducing risk of infection from COVID-19 (worker is a COVID-19 Suspect)

1. The worker shall immediately proceed to the designated isolation Area and never remove his
or her mask.
2. Clinic personnel attending to the workers should wear appropriate PPE and, if needed, require
the transport of the affected worker to the nearest hospital.
3. PCR testing shall be done and the result reported by the hospital to DOH.
4. Decontamination of workplace:
a. workplace shall be decontaminated with appropriate disinfectants.
b. after decontaminating the work area, work can resume after 24 hours.
c. workers present in the working area with the suspect of COVID-19 workers shall go one
14 days home quarantine.
Reducing risk of infection from COVID-19 (worker is sick or has fever, not COVID-19)

282 282
The employer must advise the worker to take prudent measures to limit the spread of the
communicable disease as follows:
1. stay at home and keep away from work or crowds.
2. take adequate rest and plenty of fluids.
3. practice personal hygiene to prevent spread of disease.
4. seek appropriate medical care if there is
a. persistent fever
b. difficulty of breathing
c. weakness
Duties of employers
1. Provide necessary company policies for the prevention and control of COVID-19 in the
consultation with workers.
2. Provide resources and materials needed to give the worker healthy in the workplace safe.
(Mask, soap, disinfectants, PPE, testing kit).

283 283
3. Designate a safety officer to monitor COVID-19 prevention and control measures.

4. Enhance health insurance provision for workers.
5. Provide shuttle services and or decent accommodation on near site location To lessen travel
and people movement, when possible.
6. Enjoin the hiring from the local community.
7. Put up a COVID-19 hotline and call center for employees.
Duties of workers
1. Comply with all workplace measures in place for the prevention and control of COVID-19
(masks, physical distancing, frequent handwashing).
2. Observe proper respiratory etiquette.
3. Cough and sneeze into tissue or into shirt sleeves.
4. Disposed used tissue properly.
5. Disinfect hands immediately after a cough or sneeze.
COVID-19 Testing
● Employers may test workers for COVID-19.
● Testing of workers and interpretation of results shall be in accordance with DOH Memorandum
NO. 2020-0180 and Administrative Order No. 2020-0014.
Most at risk workers vulnerable groups

● Employers are highly encouraged to allow most at risk workers and vulnerable groups to do
some work arrangements.
- Most at risk workers > 60 years old or of any age with co-morbidities or pre-existing illness.
● Work arrangements should be developed to detail the workers deliverables and there shall be
no diminution in wages or benefits.
Assistance and reporting

● DTI and DOLE shall extend assistance and technical support to all workplaces; employers and
workers in complying with guidelines.
● The employer shall provide the DOLE through its regional office, copy furnished the DOH,
monthly reporting of illness, disease and injuries utilizing the DOLE work accident/illness report
form (WAIR).

• CoVid-19 can be prevented
• Policy and program on CoVid-19 is important to promote, protect, and monitor the safety and
health of workers

284 284
MODULE 12
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Objectives:
❖ To learn the different types of PPE.

❖ To learn the proper maintenance of PPE.
INTRODUCTION
Although the primary approach in any accident-prevention effort is the correction of the
physical environment so that accidents cannot occur, it is sometimes necessary for
economic or other expeditions reasons to safeguard personnel by equipping them
individually with specialized protective equipment. For example, in a machine shop it
would be desirable to remove all sources of causes of flying particles. -However, it would
not be practical to do so, so individual eye protection is given. Again, in construction
work where there is the danger of falling objects, head protection should be provided.
The use of personal protective equipment is important and necessary consideration in

the development of a safety program. However, since personal protective equipment
must be relied onto a certain degree, there occasionally is a temptation to employ its
use without first attempting to investigate thoroughly the possible methods of correcting
the unsafe physical conditions. This results in substituting the adoption of personal
protective devices in place of the application on safety engineering methods to correct
the hazardous environment.
The correct method is always the best. Employees will frequently resist the discomfort
of wearing personal protective devices. Consequently, the equipment may be tempered
with the wearers who, while attempting to obtain a more satisfactory adjustment are apt
to impair the effectiveness of the device. As a result, they do not obtain the optimum
protection that the equipment could afford, further, the general production efficiency and
morale of employees is likely to be higher when the environment has been corrected
than when certain of the less comfortable equipment must be worn.
It should be emphasized that personal protective equipment should always be regarded
as "the last thin line of defense". Protective devices do nothing to reduce the hazard;
they merely set up a frail barrier against it and the barrier must be constantly maintained,
watched and guarded.


285 285
Problems in the Use of Personal Protective Device
1. The NEED for personal protective equipment must be determined.

2. The problem of SELECTING the right type.
3. The difficulty of having workers WEAR personal protective equipment once the
right type has been chosen
Classification:
1. Head and Ear Protection

a. protective or hard hits, caps
b. b. hair protectors
c. ear protectors
2. Faces and Eye Protection

a. Hoods
b. Spectacles and goggles
c. Face shields
d. Welding helmets
3. Respiratory Protection
a. Oxygen or air breathing apparatus
b. Supplied air respirators
c. Canister and cartridge respirators
d. Dispersoid filter respirators
4. Hand, Foot and Leg Protection

a. Gloves, mitts, hand leathers
b. Safety shoes
c. Foot guards
d. Leggings
5. Body or Torso Protection; Protective Clothing

A. Head and Ear Protection

286 286
1. Hard hats, bump caps

2. Hair nets, bandana, hair caps for women
3. Ear plugs, muffs, cushion and helmets, for noise above 90 db
B. Eye Protection
1. Spectacle type with or without side shields - where there is hazard of flying
particles as in chipping, drilling, chisels, etc.
2. Cover all goggles with sides shield - where there is hazard of dusts as in scaling,
grinding of metals, stone dressing, wood working, etc.
3. Gas tight goggles with built in water cup for each lens where the hazard is from
chemical fumes and liquids.
4. Cup goggles where there is hazard of splashing metals such as in cutting,
trimming, babbitting, and pouring of metal.
5. Filter Lens - where there is the hazard of injurious light rays as in electric are
welding and cutting and other sources of radiant energy.
C. Face Protection
1. Welder’s helmet- special protection against the splashing of molten metals and
radiation produced by welding operation.
2. Face shields - plastic shield, metal mesh shield
D. Respiratory Protection
Where industrial processes create atmospheric contaminants, which may be

hazardous to the health of the workers: the first consideration always should be the
application of engineering measures to control the contaminants. In some cases,
engineering control measures are not practical and workers should therefore be-
supplied with personal protective equipment.
a. Emergency situations -where personnel are exposed to concentrations of

contaminants, which have a rapid, harmful effect on life or health after only
comparatively short periods.
b. Non-emergency situations - generally involving normal or routing operations
which expose workers to the atmospheres which do not have a rapid dangerous
effect upon life or health but which will produce chronic illness, produced
discomfort, or may result in permanent physical damage or death after prolonged
or repeated exposures.
Recommended Procedure for Selection of Respiratory Devices
1. What is the name of the contaminant to be guarded against?

287 287
2. What are its chemical, physical, and toxicological properties?

3. It is immediately dangerous to life (emergency situations) or is it injurious only after
prolonged and continuous exposure (non-emergency situations)?
4. What are the limiting factors of the jobs being performed by personal (i: e., must
workers be free in their movement: how long would the device have to be worn per
day)?
5. After consideration of all factors, select the type or types of respirators that would
satisfy.
1. Chemical Cartridge - non-emergency use, not to be used in atmospheres

containing more than 0.1% of the contaminant by volume (spray
coating, degreasing, dry cleaning, low concentration of acid gases,
etc.)
2. Gas Masks - Used in emergency situations, contains canister of chemical

absorbent which protects against a specific vapor or gas or groups of
vapors or gases. Should not be used where-concentration of
contaminants exceeds 2% by volume for acid gases, organic vapors
and CO 3% for NH3' not to be used for more than 2 hours; offers no
protection in atmospheres deficient in 02.
3. Mechanical - Filter Respirators (Dispersiods) - For non-emergency use, gives, no

protection against gases and vapors
a. Fume Respirators - protection against fumes that are not significantly toxic than
lead
b. Mist Respirators - for protection against pneumononiosis producing chronic acid

and nuisance mists
c. Dust Respirators - for protection against nuisance and/or irritating, fibrosis
producing, toxic and radio active dust.
4. Self-contained breathing apparatus - independent of any outside source of air,

oxygen supplied by compressed air, oxygen cylinders or by chemical
action in the canister, can be used for emergency situations for periods
between 1/2 to 2 hours.
5. Hose Mask with Blower - fitted with hand or mechanically operated blower used
for emergency and non-emergency situations. Wearer cannot go more
than 150' (maximum length of hose) from respirable air.
6. Hose Mask without Blower - for non-emergency use, maximum approved hose
length is 75'.

288 288
7. Airline Respirators - air source is usually drive from a compressed air line with a
valve to reduce pressure. Used for non-emergency situations only.
E. Hand, Foot and Arm Protection
1. Gloves - in general, not recommended for operators working around rotating

machinery. Gloves should be selected for specific operations.
2. Hand Pads, Mittens
3. Safety Shoes - shoes provided with a steel toe box, must be able to support a
static load of 2,500 lbs. impact load equivalent to 50 lb weight dropped
1 foot. Where there is possibility of objects heavier than 50 lbs may drop
on the instep, it is necessary to wear foot guards.
4. Foot Guards - must be able to resist impact of at least 300 lb. dropped 1 foot.
5. Shin Guards - heavy fiber material which is made to conform to the shape of
the front of the leg.
6. Leggings - offer complete (wrap-around) protection for the leg, according to
their length.
F. Body or Torso Protection, Protective Clothing
1. Aprons, coveralls
2. Protective clothing
a. For heat and hot metal work, leather, asbestos and wool provides
protection against heat and splashes of hot metal, limited impact forces
and infrared and ultraviolet radiation.
b. For impacts and cuts, for protection against cuts; bruises abrasions
where heavy sharp or rough material is handled duck, padded, leather,
hard fiber, leather reinforced with metal stitching or metal mesh.
c. Impervious clothing - rubber or rubberized materials or fabrics, for
protection against ordinary hazards of handling acids or caustic solutions.
❖ PPE is the last resort to protect the workers from the hazard.
❖ Different PPE types will be used based on the hazard of the work areas.
❖ Proper maintenance of PPE is needed.

289 289
❖ PPE Program shall be implemented in the construction site.
MODULE 13
DEMOLITION AND EXPLOSIVES SAFETY
Objectives:
To learn the basic of demolition safety.

To know the OSH requirements of demolition.
Demolition is complete or partial dismantling of a building or structure by pre-planned

and controlled methods or procedures
OSHS Rule 1417.01:
All demolition operations of building or other structure over six (6) meters high shall
be under supervision of a competent person. No person except the workers who
are directly engaged in the demolition shall enter a demolition area to within a
distance equal to 1 1/2 times the height of the structure being demolished, where
this distance is not possible the structure shall be fenced around and no
unauthorized person shall be allowed within the fenced area.
SAFE DEMOLITION REQUIRES ADEQUATE PLANNING

Why Plan?
▪ Identify the Hazards
▪ Meet Legislative Requirements
▪ Ensure Appropriate Equipment
▪ Ensure Safe Disposal of Materials
▪ Determine Appropriate Methods of Demolition
▪ Determine Cost of Demolition
OSHS Rule 1417.02: Demolition Work
(1) On every demolition work, danger signs shall be posted around the structure and all
doors and opening giving access to the structure shall be kept barricaded or guarded.
(2) Demolition work shall not commence until:
(a) all necessary steps have been taken to prevent injury to any person or damage
to adjoining property, and
(b) all existing gas, electrical and other services likely to endanger a worker shall
have been shut off or disconnected.

290 290
(3) Prior to demolition all glass shall:

(a) be removed from windows and other locations, or
(b) otherwise, shall be protected so that there is no possibility of breakage at any
stage of the demolition.
(4) Shoring or other necessary measures shall be taken to prevent the accidental
collapse of any part of the building or structure being demolished or any adjacent building
or structure endangering the workers.
(5) Demolition shall proceed systematically, storey by storey, in a descending order and
the work on the upper floors shall be completely over before removing any of the
supporting members of the structure on the lower floor. This shall not prohibit the
demolition on section, in the same descending order if means are taken to prevent injury
to workers and damage to property.
(6) All precautions shall be taken to avoid damage from collapse of a building being
demolished or any part of it when any part of the framing is removed from a framed or
partly framed building.
(7) No building or any part of the structure shall be overloaded with debris or materials
to render it unsafe and hazardous to persons working.
(8) Adequate precautions shall be taken to avoid danger from any sudden twisting,
springing or collapse of any steel or ironwork cut or released.
(9) No workers shall stand on top of wall, pier or chimney more than six (6) meters (18
ft.) high unless safe flooring or adequate scaffolding or staging is provided on all sides of
the wall, three (3) meters (9 ft.) away from where he is working.
(10) A truss, girder, or other structural member shall not be disconnected until it has
been:
(a) relieved of all loads other than its own weight, and
(b) provided with temporary supports.
(11) Stairs and stair railings, passageways and ladders shall be demolished last.
(12) When demolition is suspended or discontinued all access to the remaining part of
the building shall be fenced or barricaded.
Key Areas for Planning

▪ Type of Construction
▪ Type of Structure (Ht., Use)
▪ State of Structure
▪ Structural Hazards
▪ Hazardous Substances
▪ Location of Services
▪ General Conditions of Adjoining Structures
▪ Access and Egress
▪ Suitability of Site for Equipment

291 291
DEMOLITION TECHNIQUE
▪ Sequential – gradual reduction of height in reverse order to its construction

▪ Induced – key structural members are weakened or removed, causing the whole
part of the structure to collapse
Methods of Demolition
▪ Manual – use of hand-held tools
▪ Mechanical – use of heavy equipment, wires and chain, power shear, etc.
▪ Explosives – use of explosives
Work plan
▪ Technique and Method of Demolition
▪ Sequence of Work Operation
▪ Estimate of Time of Completion
▪ Equipment to be Used
▪ Proposed Access and Egress
▪ Public Protection
▪ Bracing and Shoring
▪ Disconnection of Services
▪ Methods of Handing/ Disposal of Demolished Materials
▪ PPE Requirements
▪ Demolition Personnel and Supervisor
DEMOLITION PROCEDURE
Manual Demolition
▪ All utilities shut off
▪ All glasses removed
▪ Shoring or other measures implemented
▪ Protection of workers from fall
▪ Stairs to be demolished last
OSHS Rule 1418: Mechanical Demolition
The demolition area where work is done by mechanical devices such as weight
balls or power shovels
shall:
(a) be barricaded for a minimum distance of 1 1/2 times the height of the structure.
(b) not allow entrance of unauthorized persons.
(c) arranged and maintained so the mechanical devices used shall not cause any
damage to adjacent structures, power lines or public road.

292 292
Equipment
▪ Cranes
▪ Bulldozers
▪ Excavators
▪ Work Platform
▪ Wrecking Ball
Hazards Associated with Demolition
▪ Falls
▪ Being Hit/Trapped/Crushed by Objects
▪ Manual Handling
▪ Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods
▪ Noise and Vibration
▪ Electric Shock
▪ Fires and Explosions
▪ Equipment
▪ Falls
• Falling through fragile roofing material
• Falling through openings
• Falling from open edges
• Falling out of elevating work platforms
• Failure of equipment
• Falling from roof or other elevated area
• Lift shafts
• Collapse of flooring
• Collapse of ground
• Tripping over debris
▪ Being Hit/Trapped/Crushed by Objects
▪ Falling debris (from service ducts and lift shafts)
• Accidental/uncontrolled collapse of a structure
• Use of equipment (crane lifting loads)
• Failure of structural members (load bearing steelwork)
▪ Manual Handling
• Using equipment
• Operating equipment
• Manual demolition
• Lifting material
• Clearing up
• Loading trucks/bins

293 293
▪ Hazardous Substances
• Lead
➢ lead based paint, tanks containing lead based petrol
• Asbestos
➢ sprayed coatings, insulation materials, fire resistant walls/partitions,
cement sheets, flooring materials
• PCBs
➢ stones, bricks and concrete aggregates
• Dangerous Goods
➢ Flammable liquids/vapors and sludge from industrial process and
confined space
• Noise and Vibration
➢ Equipment
➢ Falling debris
➢ Explosives
• Electric Shocks
➢ Live wires from structures
• Fires and Explosions
➢ Flammable materials
➢ Welding or cutting
➢ Leaks of explosives gases from accidental damage of pipes
➢ Arson especially when the site is unattended
• Equipment
➢ Electrocution
➢ Plant failure
➢ Dropping material
➢ Equipment striking persons
➢ Noise and vibration
➢ Flying particles
➢ Dust and other airborne hazards
➢ Falling objects onto operators
➢ Structural collapse of floors
➢ Welding and cutting hazards
➢ Falls
Hierarchy of Control
✓ Elimination
✓ Substitution
✓ Isolation
✓ Engineering Control
✓ Administrative Control

294 294
✓ Personal Protective Equipment
Elimination:
• Disconnect services to the demolition site
• Ensure there are no sparks or ignition sources where there is risk of fire or
explosion
• Ensure separation between the public and demolition activities
Substitution:
• Use power shears, in place of grinding or oxy-acetylene cutting, where there is a
risk of fire
Isolation:
• Install screens on equipment to protect from dust and noise
• Install barriers and fences
• Mark off hazardous areas
Engineering Control:
• Install safe working platforms (scaffolds and elevating work platforms)
• Install edge protection to open edges of landings, stairways and fixed platforms
• Use shoring and bracing to support loads
• Modify tools or equipment
• Provide guarding to machinery or equipment
• Provide shatterproof/guarded windscreens on equipment
• Install anchor points for fall arrest systems
• Spray water to suppress dust
• Use chutes for dropping debris
• Use cranes for lowering loads
• Install vehicle buffers where equipment is exposed to an open edge
• Provide flash arresters on gauges and hoses of welding equipment
Administrative Control:
• Limit the amount of time a person is exposed to a particular hazard
• Implement and document safe working procedures for all hazardous tasks
• Train and instruct all personnel
• Identify hazardous substances prior to work
• Implement safe procedures for handling hazardous substances
• Implement procedures
• for disconnecting services to the site
• Use lookouts at the site

295 295
• Implement confined space entry procedures

• Ensure all loads to be lifted are accurately calculated
Personal Protective Equipment:

• Safety Helmets
• Harnesses and Lanyards
• Boots
• Gloves
• Respirators
• Hearing Protectors
DEMOLITION
❖ Preparation
▪ Barricading of property (distance equal to 1 1/2 times of height of structure)
▪ Protection of adjoining property
▪ Disconnect existing gas, electric and other services
▪ Removal of glass
❖ During Demolition Work

▪ Floor by floor in descending order
▪ Provision of chute for disposal of debris
▪ Special structures
• Chimney
• Trusses and girders
• Pre-stressed members
EXPLOSIVES
▪ By Competent Person
OSHS Rule 1419.01: Supervision
(1) A competent person shall be appointed in charge of and personally present at a
blasting operation who shall supervise the fixing of all charges and other blasting,
activities.
(2) The names of persons designated to handle, transport, prepare or use dynamite
or other high explosives shall be posted in the field office and on or in the magazine.
(3) No person inexperienced in handling dynamite or other high explosives shall
handle, transport, prepare or use dynamite, unless the inexperienced person work
under the personal supervision of a person with experience in blasting operations.

296 296
(4) A record of explosives received and used shall be properly maintained and open
for inspection by the enforcing authority.
▪ Precautions from:
• Smokes, matches & open flames
• Radio Frequency for Electrical Detonators
❖ Transport of Explosives
▪ Vehicles shall have tight floors covered w/ wood
▪ Explosives and Blasting implements shall not be transported with other materials
❖ Storage
▪ All explosives must be accounted for
▪ Follow manufacturer’s instructions
▪ Detonators should be stored in a separate magazine
▪ Storage should be fire and bullet-resistant
OSHS Rule 1419.02: Blasting

(1) Only the quantity of dynamite required for immediate use in blasting of a part of a
building or other structure shall be removed from the magazine.
(2) No holes shall be drilled:
(a) within 3.3 m. (10 ft.) of a hole containing explosives or blasting agents;
(b) within 6.6 m. (20 ft.) of a hole being loaded with explosives or blasting agents.
(3) Every firing circuit in connection with blasting operations shall be broken in a
suitable manner at a safe distance from the blasting area.
(4) When a charge is fired, steps shall be taken to see that persons employed are in a
position free from the explosives or from flying objects.
(5) The applicable provisions of Rule 1140 shall also apply to the use, handling, and
storage of explosives in construction industry.
❖ Proper Use
▪ Operation between Sunup & Sundown
▪ Precaution on the use of mobile radio transmitting equipment.
▪ Suspension of operation during electrical storm
❖ After Blasting
▪ Disconnect firing line from blasting machine
▪ Allow dust and smoke to subside
▪ Inspect if all charges have been exploded

297 297
In this module, we learned the Demolition techniques:
❖ Sequential – gradual reduction of height in reverse order to its construction
❖ Induced – key structural members are weakened or removed, causing the

whole part of the structure to collapse.
Proper conduct of Risk Assessment will be done in all demolition.
Proper storage of explosives is necessary and also the basic requirements of

PPE.
MODULE 14
ROUTINE CONSTRUCTION SITE SAFETY INSPECTION
Objectives:
❖ To provide appropriate instruction to the participant who are tasked to identify

unsafe acts & conditions in the workplace before these turn into accidents or work
related illness.
❖ Discuss the high-value of giving attention to occupational safety, health and

environment issues and concerns.
❖ Identify safety and health hazards in an actual workplace situation; and
❖ Determine prevention or control measures appropriate to the hazards identified.
Safety and health inspection is a central part of most safety, health and environmental
protection programs. Inspections provide a reliable way for identifying and eliminating
conditions that could contribute to accidents, illnesses or environmental damage.
DO 198 – 18 Section 14: One of the function Safety is to conduct OSH Inspection.
❖ Oversee the overall management of the OSH program in coordination with the
OSH committee;
❖ Frequently monitor and inspect any health or safety aspect of the operation being

298 298
undertaken with the participation of supervisors and workers;

❖ Assist government inspectors in the conduct of safety and health inspection at any
time whenever work is being performed or during the conduct of an accident
investigation by providing necessary information and OSH reports as required by
the OSH standards; and
❖ Issue Work Stoppage Order (WSO) when necessary, based on the requirements
and procedures provided by the OSH standards.
Hazardous conditions cause injury, illness, property damage and environmental stress
These must be identified soonest time possible! Is is a fact the comprehensive
Inspections are time consuming. It is a brilliant idea to break down hazards into
different categories from major, intermediate and minor ones. Then time could be well
spent and focused on the inspections for those with possible major repercussions.
CHECKLISTS
Creating Checklists:
1. Write down every potential hazard within the category that you know or suspect
possibly exists in every area per different nature of work
2. Check the written sources you have available to add any hazards that you may have
missed out or simply haven’t initially thought of
3. Examine the work area itself to see if you overlooked any conditions that need to be
checked, and note the locations of the hazards already listed.
4. Have employees review your list to make sure you have included all the hazards and
identified the locations of each and every hazard
Written records:
▪ Previous inspection reports

▪ JHA
▪ Maintenance records
▪ MSDS
▪ Accident investigation reports
▪ Work environment monitoring

299 299
Scheduling
1. Determine how much time is required for each type of inspection

2. Inspect as often as possible.
3. Make sure each inspection is thorough
4. If conditions don’t improve, or if hazards occur between inspections, increase the
frequency
5. If no hazardous conditions are found, do not decrease the frequency of inspections.
6. Stick to the schedule
Involving Employees
▪ Increases total manpower
▪ Increases the chance that the hazards are corrected quickly
▪ Increases the amount of attention to SHE conditions in the area
A sketch or layout
✓ allows you to distinguish between
✓ similar pieces of equipment
✓ similar safety devices
✓ other checklist items
Conducting the Inspection

✓ Stay on the task
✓ Take notes
✓ Complete and specific remarks make your inspection efforts useful in the future
as a health and safety resource
Recommending Corrective Actions

• Aimed toward reducing or eliminating the hazard
• Priority-based
• Patterned as:
✓ What to do (Action Plan)
✓ Who is responsible (Accountability)
✓ When is it due (Target Date)
✓ What to expect (Output)

300 300
Communicating Inspection Results

▪ Discuss them at safety meetings
▪ Post the completed checklists
▪ Post maintenance requests
Hazard Recognition
▪ Biophysical
▪ Mechanical
▪ Electrical
▪ Chemical
• Biophysical hazards – those that affect the quality of the general work environment
• Mechanical Hazards – those associated with the operation of machinery
• Electrical hazards – those associated with electric circuits and components
• Chemical hazards – those related to the storage, transfer, production or use of

chemicals
Biophysical hazards:
➢ Noise
➢ Light
➢ Temperature extremes
➢ Radiation
➢ Housekeeping
➢ Mechanical hazards
➢ Points of operation
➢ Power transmission
➢ In-running Nip points
➢ Shear points
➢ Other moving parts
Electrical hazards
➢ Wiring
➢ Grounding / Bonding
➢ Power Panels

301 301
➢ Outlets / Switches
Chemical hazards:
➢ Ensure to refer to the SDS of materials being handled, used, stored or disposed
to ensure compliance to the necessary safety and health provisions
Fire and Explosion:
➢ A wide variety of chemicals can burn under the right conditions

➢ Examples ➔ hydrogen, acetylene, propane, butane, solvent based paints, etc
➢ Gases ➔ Inspection should concentrate on any condition that could lead to a
leak or other unintentional release of those gases in the air.
Sample OSH Inspection Checklist
Office

302 302

303 303
Sample Inspection Checklist Construction

General Requirements Day 1: Remarks
______
A. Site Premises
a.) Free of slip, trip or fall hazards.

b.) Free of protrusions such as rebars, nails, etc.
c.) Openings are barricaded or covered.
d.) Passageways have sufficient width for normal
movements (at least 28 inches wide).
e) No electrical flying connections.
f.) Passages are clear and unobstructed.
h.) Unnecessary items are disposed off properly
in the work area.
i.) All stacks are stable and secure against sliding
and collapse.
j.) Ramps and stairways are adequate width and
provided with handrails.
k.) Safe walkway are provided for pedestrians.
l.) Posters and safety signs are posted and
provided.
m.) High standard of cleanliness in the
workplace.
n.) Illuminated adequately.
o.) Lighting fixtures are clean.
p.) Adequate ventilation.
q.) Portable fire extinguishers are available.
r.) Proper signages are installed where
applicable.
s.) Clean and properly maintained welfare
facilities.

304 304
t.) First aid kit available and adequately stocked.
u.) Safety meetings held periodically.

v.) Job related safety trainings.
w.) Accident reporting procedures established
x.) Substance abuse policy in-place.
y.) Injury records being kept.
z.) Emergency telephone numbers posted
aa.) Traffic routes identified.
bb.) New employee orientation completed.
B. Orderliness and Material Storage
a.) General orderliness.

b.) Regular disposal of waste and trash.
c.) Trash containers.

d.) Nails removed or bent down.
e.) Spills cleaned up promptly.
f.) Drinking water available.
g.) Spills cleaned up promptly.
h.) Drinking water available.
i.) Men lifting properly.
j.) Correct use of material handling equipment.
k.) Dust protection.
C. Electrical Safety
a.) No exposed electrical wires.

b.) No broken insulation on cords.
c.) Controls are labeled.
d.) GFCIs in wet or damp areas.
e.) No cracked or broken receptacle covers.
f.) No broken or bent ground prongs on plugs.
h.) Electrical PPE available for “authorized
employees”.
I.) Electric utility rooms are posted” Authorized
Employees”
k.) Employees trained to know that only
authorized employees may conduct repairs.
l.) To inspect electrical tools before use.
m.) To report electrical hazards immediately.
o.) Not use broken or damaged electrical tools or
equipment.

305 305
p.) To use lock out tag out before repairs.

q.) To get specific authorization before working
on energized equipment.
r.) To boundary-off electrical work areas.
s.) Electrical devices have current inspection
coding.
t.) Electrical equipment properly maintained.
u.) Equipment properly grounded.
v.) Assured equipment grounding program
established.
w.) GFCI used and testes where required.
x.) Fuses provided.
y.) Electrical dangers posted.
z.) Proper fire extinguishers provide.
1.) Terminal boxes equipped with required
covers (covers used)
2.) Electrical high voltage identification.
3.) Terminal boxes covered.
4.) Lighting, temporary light guards and bulbs
provided.
5.) Electric service designated 220 V or danger.
6.) Power tools do not have broken or cracked
casings.
7.) Protection insulation rubber protective
equipment.
8.) Rubber goods test program – gloves,
sleeves, blankets and etc.
D. Fire Protection / Prevention
a.) Adequate number and type of fire

extinguisher/s available.
b.) Fire extinguisher training accomplished.
c.) Phone number of fire department posted.
d.) Fire extinguishers provided on appropriate
equipment.
e.) All flammable liquids in approved container.
f.) Fuel supplies protected from accidental
impact.
g.) Fire training to appropriate personnel.
h.) Equipment shutdown prior to refueling.

i.) Equipment properly grounded to fuel trucks
k.) Hydrants clear, access to public
thoroughfare open.
i.) Flame and work permits.

306 306
E. Personal Protective Equipment
a.) Hazard evaluation accomplished and

certified.
b.) Proper equipment adequate for exposure.
c.) Employees issued PPE where needed.
d.) PPE is being use where needed.
e.) Employees trained in use PPE.
f.) Inspections being accomplished
periodically/before and after use.
g.) Adequate maintenance and sanitary storage
available/utilized.
h.) Adequate fall protection, harnesses provided
i.) Eye protection
j.) Face protection (glasses, goggles, shields)
k.) Respirators, Masks
l.) Respirators used for harmful dust, asbestos,
sand blasting, welding (lead paint and
galvanized zinc or cadmium)
m.) Hearing protection.
n.) Foot protection
o.) Hand protection, gloves.
p.) Head protection, hard hats.
F. Welding and Cutting
a.) Welding hoses and cords controlled – out of

the way.
b.) Shields and spark catches.
c.) Goggles, gloves, clothing.
d.) Electrical equipment grounded properly.
e.) Power cables and hoses protected and in
good repair.
f.) Rods not left in holders.
g.) Fire extinguishers.
h.) Fire hazard inspections and protection/flame

permits issued.
i.) Gas cylinders secured upright.
j.) Fuel gas and oxygen separation in storage.
k. Flow gauges and regulators maintained,
removed when not in use.
l.) Cylinders caps as required.
m.) Inert gas protection, sampling, and
monitoring.

307 307
n.) Reverse and straight polarity controlled.

o.) Bulk gas manifold systems properly
installed, routed, identified, and maintained.
G. Emergency Exits
a.) All exits access, exit and exit discharge are

clear and unobstructed.
b.) Exit signs are properly illuminated.
H.) Working Platforms
a.) Working platforms are at least 24 inches.

b.) Standard guardrails and toe boards are
installed.
c.) Use of non-skid floors.
d.) Safety nets are installed below for platforms
without standard guardrails.
e.) Proper and safe access.
I. Scaffoldings
a.) All structural members free from defects and

meet safety requirements.
b.) All the uprights of the scaffold are mounted
on proper base plate/erected on solid meeting.
c.) No parts of the scaffold, including ties, have
been removed after it was erected.
d.) The scaffold is secured by bracings/tied to
structure.
e.) The platforms are close boarded with
scaffold boards or planks or proper grade of
timber without obvious defects.
f.) Scaffold plumb and square, with cross-
bracing?
g.) Standard guardrails, midrails and toe boards

are installed.
h.) Proper access to all parts of the scaffold
platforms.
i.) Materials are evenly distributed over the
scaffolds designed to carry materials, and they
are not overloaded.
J. Ladders

308 308
a.) Ladders inspected and in good condition.

b.) Ladders used properly for type of exposure.
c.) Ladders secured to prevent slipping, sliding,
or falling.
d.) Siderails extended 36” above top of landing.
e.) No ladders spliced.
f.) Rungs or cleats not over 12” on center.
g.) Proper maintenance and storage.
h.) No painted ladders.
i.) Ladders exceeding 20 ft. have fall protection.
j) Metal ladders not used near electrical
equipment.
k.) Aluminum ladders with sufficient strength for
task.
l.) Fixed ladders or permanent ladders are
equipped with cages.
m.) 3 feet extension (handhold) above roof if
used for access.
K. Excavations
a.) Excavation permits executed.

b.) Proper support structure
c.) No presence of water in the excavation.
d.) Ambient conditions is checked regularly for
hazardous substances.
e.) Shoring and sloping for soil type
f.) Adjacent structures properly secured.
g.) Adjacent roads and sidewalks supported and
protected.
h.) Soil, materials and or/ equipment kept or

stored at a safe distance from edge of
excavation, minimum 2 feet.
I.) Ladders and ramps every 25 ft.
j.) Excavation barricaded and lighting provided.
k.) Equipment kept a safe distance from edge of
the excavation.
l.) Equipment ramps adequate.
m.) Underground piping and electrical lines and
identified – adequate support provided.
n.) Proper supervision – including competent
person designated daily inspection.
L. Barricades

309 309
a.) Floor openings

b.) Roadways, sidewalks, and stairs.
c.) Adequate lighting.
d.) Traffic controls.
e.) Trenches and excavations.
f.) Special work – overhead, sandblasting,
radiation, etc.
g.) Signs as required.
h.) Elevator shaft openings.
M. Confined Space
a.) Confined space entry training conducted.

b.) Signs posted to identify confined spaces
c.) Personal Protective Equipment specified.
d.) Stand by person
e.) Emergency equipment for standby person.
f.) Permit required precautions taken.
g.) All required signatures for entry/testing.
h.) Permits posted prior to start of work.
i.) Permits retained a minimum of two years.
N.) Lock out Tag out
a.) No broken valve hand wheels, controls or

switches.
b.) All control valves and switches are labeled.
c.) Each authorized employee has been issued
locks and tags.
d.) Locks and tags are standardized throughout

the facility.
e.) Locks and tags are identifiable to a specific
employee.
f.) Locks and tags are not used for other
purposes.
h.) Material used to affix tag rated at 50 lbs. or
greater – no strings allowed.
i.) All breakers are labeled.
j.) Workers trained that only authorized
employees may attach a lock and tag.
k.) That only the person who attached the lock
and tag may remove it.
l.) To verify isolation before beginning work.
m.) To notify affected employees before locking .
out equipment.

310 310
n.) To re-install machine guards before

removing locks and tags.
o.) To notify affected employees before .
removing locks or re-starting.
O. Hand Tools
a.) Proper tool for each job.

b.) Correct use.
c.) Inspection and maintenance.
d.) Neat storage.
e.) Safe carrying.
f.) Tools defects – repair facilities.
P. Power Tools
a.) Proper operator protection.

b.) Tools and cords in good condition.
c.) Proper instruction in use.
d.) Mechanical guards in place.
e.) Tools stored properly.
f.) Correct tools for the job.
g.) Inspected – maintenance and repair.
h.) Adequate protection for nearby personnel.
i.) Damaged or malfunctioning tools tagged out
until repaired or replaced.
k.) All operators are qualified.
l.) Tools protected from authorized use.

m.) Cords included in electrical inspections.
Q. Powder – Activated Tools
a.) Laws and ordinances complied with

b.) Operators qualified – vendor trained.
c.) Controlled storage.
d.) Competent instructions and supervision.
e.) Inspection and maintenance.
f.) Protection of other workers.
g.) Safety goggles or face shield.
R. Hoists, Cranes, Derricks, and Rigging.
a.) Rented cranes inspected and all deficiencies

corrected.

311 311
b.) Operators properly trained/licensed.

c.) Crane chart is cab.
d.) Tag line in use.
e.) Correct rigging and proper storage.
f.) Equipment firmly supported.
g.) Outriggers used fully extended.
h.) Power lines de-energized, clearances
maintained.
i.) Signalmen work as instructed and trained.
j.) Proper signals understood and posted
k.) Inspection and maintenance logs maintained.
l.) Swing radius barricades.
m.) Chokers, chains, slings and shackles
inspected and maintained.
n.) High wind operating restriction level (30 mph
or manufacturers limits)
o) Elevator floor gates and signal system.
p.) Chain fall used correctly.
S. Heavy Equipment
a.) Proper operation.

b.) Operators qualified/tested.
c.) Regular monthly inspection, maintenance
and service.
d.) All personnel seated.
e.) Correct parking procedures.
f.) Wheels chocked when necessary.

g.) Speed limit control.
h.) Dump bed chocks and tie-downs.
i.) Compressed air safety valves.
k.) Back up alarms.
l.) Flagmen where needed.
m.) Fire extinguishers installed on gas fueled
equipment.
n.) Roll over protection and seatbelt use.
T. Motor Vehicles
a.) Regular inspection, maintenance, and

service.
b.) Licensed operators, on and off road.
c.) Current licenses maintained.

312 312
d.) Local and state vehicle laws and regulations

observed.
e.) Speed limit control.
f.) Weight limits and load sizes controlled.
g.) All personnel seated and seats provided
h.) Glass in good condition.
i.) Back up alarms.
j.) Accident/incident report forms in glove
compartment.
k.) Fire extinguishers installed.
l.) Parking not to obstruct traffic or work
operations.
m.) Control of personal cars on site.
U. Environmental Safety
a.) Posting temporary waste area properly.

b.) Hazardous Waste Management.
c.) Hazardous Waste Storage.
d.) Certified shipper and ultimate disposal site.
e.) Proof of insurability of transporter and
operations disposal.
f.) Natural waterways protection.
g.) Personnel training and records.
h.) Personnel protection.
i.) Container integrity and packaging.
j.) Marking and labeling.

k.) Communications for emergencies and
operations.
l.) Contingency plan.
m.) Inspection procedures.
n.) Waste storage and area fence integrity –
locked gates.
V. Occupational Health
a.) Health and safety program available and

reviewed with workers?
b.) Occupational Health Physician.
c.) Occupational Health Nurse.
d.) First Aider
e.) Clinic
f.) Number of beds
g.) First Aid Cabinet

313 313
h.) Canteen
i.) Drinking water station
j.) Portalet
W. Health Hazard
a.) Sampling and logging

b.) Times of exposures on time cards.
c.) Medical records.
d.) Personal Protection.
X. Hazard Communication
a.) Written program.
b.) MSDS on file or available.
c.) Control and disposable measures
established.
d.) Material properly stored and labeled.
e.) Labels legible.
f.) Log of all chemicals on site available.
g.) Employees trained in Hazard
Communications
h.) Documentation of training.
Y. Flammable Gases and Liquids
a.) Correct containers used.

b.) Containers clearly identified
c.) Proper storage – fire rated cabinets

d.) Fire hazards checked – after hour’s
inspection.
e.) Grounding and bonding systems.
f.) Fire extinguisher protection.
g.) Carts for moving cylinders – secured upright
during moves.
h.) Dikes – bulk storage facilities.
Sample Action Plan Template:

314 314
Clear Points / Summary:
• Safety inspection is a service to an organization and its workforce

• For safety inspection to work, management and workers should take an active role in the
process.
• The simulated conduct of an OSH Inspection reinforces learning on the process of
workplace hazards identification
• Identification of hazards is an initial step necessary to determine appropriate control
measures and risk assessment

315 315
MODULE 15
JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS
Objectives:
To learn the concept of the Job Hazard Analysis specific to the breakdown of
steps of a particular.
To learn to develop solutions to eliminate or control the hazard in the workplace.
To teach the participant how to analyze jobs in the workplace and spot possible
sources of accidents in these different tasks.
What is a Job Hazard Analysis?
◼ An effective method of reviewing the individual steps in performing a job and

identifying workplace hazards in order to develop solutions to eliminate or control
the hazard.
◼ Benefits
✓ Identify previously undetected hazards
✓ Increase the job knowledge
✓ Raise safety and health awareness
✓ Improve communication between workers and supervisors
✓ Establish safe work procedures
✓ Tool for accident investigation.
❖ ACTIVITIES PRIOR TO THE CONDUCT OF JHA
A. ESTABLISH JHA PRIORITIES BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA

1. High frequency of accidents or near-misses
2. History of serious accidents or fatalities
3. Potential for serious harm
4. New jobs
5. Changes in procedures and standards
Note: Even the most routine jobs can include unrecognized hazards.

316 316
By performing a thorough JHA you may be able to discover a safer or

healthier way of performing the job.
B. SELECT A JHA TEAM

• Involving others in the process reduced the possibility of overlooking an
individual job step or potential hazard.
• It also increases the likelihood of identifying the most appropriate measures
of eliminating or controlling the hazards.
• Members of the TEAM may include:
1. The supervisor
2. The employee most familiar with how the job is done and its related
hazards
3. Other employees who perform the job
4. Experts or specialist when necessary, such as maintenance personnel,
occupational hygienist, ergonomists, or design engineers.
C. SELECT THE JOB BASED ON JHA PRIORITY CRITERIA

1. Jobs with most accidents
2. Jobs where severe accidents can happen
3. New jobs that are being created
4. Jobs being changed
5. Jobs that are already analyzed but are still causing accident.
❖ THREE (3) BASIC STEPS OF JHA
1. BREAK THE JOB INTO A SEQUENCE OF STEPS

a. Discuss with the employee the sequence of steps
b. Observe the job if the steps are accurate
c. Who Conducts the Observation?
1) The immediate supervisor
2) The safety officer
3) Member of the joint occupational health and safety committee
4) Other employees who perform the same job.
Observation of the Job:

a. Watch the worker do the job. The worker should be experienced and

317 317
capable in all parts of the job.

b. Clearly explain the reason for the exercise.
1. The job, not the individual, is being studied
2. Not a time and motion study in disguise
c. Only regular tools and equipment should be used.
d. The only difference from normal operations is the fact that the worker is being
observed
• List each step in the order of occurrence

• Not too general (that you miss steps and hazards)
• Not too detailed (that there are too many steps)
• Jobs can be described in less than ten steps
• Discuss with the employee any discrepancy during observation
• Iron out differences to come-up with the final sequence of job steps
Job Observation Pointers:

• The most effective way for the JHA Team to identify the basic job steps is
to watch carefully as an operator performs the entire job at least once.
• Then, as the operator performs the job again, the individual steps are noted
in the JHA form using simple action phrases that are short and to the point.
• Job steps should be numbered to indicate the order in which they are
performed
2. IDENTIFY POTENTIAL HAZARDS
List the things that could go wrong at each step
3. DEVELOP SOLUTIONS

318 318
METHODS DESCRIPTION
Eliminate the • Choose a different process
hazard • Modify an existing process
• Substitute with less hazardous substance
• Improve environment (ventilation)
Contain the hazard • Prevent contact
• enclosures
• machine guards
• worker booths or similar devices
Revise work • Change the sequence of steps
procedure • Adding additional steps (such as COHE)
Reduce exposure • Least effective measure (no other possible solutions)
• Reduce the number of times the hazard is encountered.
• Use of appropriate personal protective equipment
• Reduce the severity of an accident
The result of the JHA must be communicated to all workers.
Sample JHA Template:
JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS JOB OR OPERATION TITLE
DEPARTMENT/DIVISION JOB LOCATION TITLE OF EMPLOYEE DOING JOB
DATE PERFORMED BY VERIIFIED BY

PERFORMED
SPECIAL OR PRIMARY HAZARDS
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED OR RECOMMENDED
BASIC JOB STEPS EXISTING AND POTENTIAL RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE

HAZARDS MEASURES

319 319
◼ Job Hazard Analysis is one of the most effective tools available to help
supervisors protect the health and safety of their employees
◼ To perform an accurate and completed JHA, you need to:
◼ Select the job to be analyzed; and assemble a team of knowledgeable and
experienced personnel to conduct the JHA
◼ Then, the team as a whole need to:
• Observe the job as it is performed to break it down into basic steps
• Analyze each step to determine what, if any, hazards could possibly occur
• Develop recommendations for eliminating or controlling the hazards
associated with each step.

320 320
MODULE 16
WORK RELATED ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION & REPORTING
Objectives:
❖ To appreciate the relevance of accident investigation.

❖ To understand the process of accident investigation.
❖ To recognize the components of accident investigation.
❖ To gain knowledge on some techniques in root cause identification.
❖ To be guided with the legal implication of an accident.
❖ Know how to document an accident investigation
❖ Accomplish the Work Accident/Illness Report (WAIR) and Annual
Accident/Illness Exposure Data Reports (AEDR) based on cases given
❖ Compute sample Severity Rate and Frequency Rate (FR)
Accident investigation is the scientific and academic analysis of the facts that occurred
during an accident. An investigation is conducted to identify the root cause of an accident
in an effort to make recommendations or take corrective actions to prevent the future
occurrence of the same or a similar event.
DO 198 – 18 Section 14: One of the function Safety Officer is to conduct accident
investigation.
❖ Oversee the overall management of the OSH program in coordination with the
OSH committee;
❖ Frequently monitor and inspect any health or safety aspect of the operation being
❖ Assist government inspectors in the conduct of safety and health inspection at any
time whenever work is being performed or during the conduct of an accident
investigation by providing necessary information and OSH reports as required by
the OSH standards; and
❖ Issue Work Stoppage Order (WSO) when necessary, based on the requirements
and procedures provided by the OSH standards.
OSHS Rule 1053: Report Requirements
OSHS Rule 1053.01:

321 321
(1) All work accidents or occupational illnesses in places of employment, resulting in

disabling condition or dangerous occurrence as defined in 1053.2 shall be reported by
the employer to the Regional Labor Office or duly authorized representative in duplicate
and a copy furnished the employee or his duly authorized representative using form
DOLE/BWC/HSD -IP-6. The formal report shall be submitted by the employer on or before
the 20th day of the month following the date of occurrence of the accident or when the
illness, is established and an investigation report in the prescribed form shall be submitted
by the Regional Office or duly authorized representative on or before the 30th day of the
same month. In case of temporary total disability where the injured or ill employee has
not reported back to duty on the closing date of reporting, an estimate of the probable
days of disability shall be made and entered in the report and corrected after the return
of the injured. In all computations, this estimate shall be used. After the return of the
injured, the corrected days of absence shall be used.
(2) Where the accident or fitness results in death or permanent total disability, the
employer, in addition to the written report required under sub-paragraph (1) above, shall
initially notify the Regional Labor Office or duly authorized representative within twenty-
four (24) hours after occurrence using the fastest available means of communication. (3)
All deaths and permanent total disabilities shall be investigated by the Regional Office or
duly authorized representative within forty-eight (48) hours after receipt of the initial report
of the employer, prepared in duplicate using the prescribed form DOLE/ BWC/OHSD-IP-
6a.
OSHS Rule 1053.02:

(1) Any dangerous occurrence as specified in sub-paragraph (2) hereunder, which may
or may not cause serious bodily harm to workers employed or seriously damage the
premises of employment shall be investigated and reported by the employer upon
occurrence to the Regional Labor Office or duly authorized representative having
jurisdiction in duplicate using the prescribed form DOLE/BWC/HSD-IP-6.
(2) The following are dangerous occurrences, which shall be investigated and reported:
a. Explosion of boilers used for heating or power.
b. Explosion of a receiver or storage container, with pressure greater than atmospheric,

of any gas or gases (including air) or any liquid resulting from the compression of such
gases or liquid.
c. Bursting of a revolving wheel, grinder stone or grinding wheel operated by mechanical

power.

322 322
d. Collapse of a crane, derrick, winch, hoist or other appliances used in raising or lowering
persons or goods or any part thereof, the overturning of a crane, except the breakage of
chain or rope sling.
e. Explosion or fire causing damage to the structure of any room or place in which persons
are employed or to any machine contained therein resulting in the complete suspension
of ordinary work in such room or place, or stoppage of machinery or plant for not less
than twenty-four (24) hours, and
f. Electrical short circuit or failure of electrical machinery, plant or apparatus, attend- ed

by explosion or fire causing structural damage thereto and involving its stoppage and
misuse for not less than 24 hours.
DO 13 Section 14. Construction Safety and Health Reports
All general constructors shall be required to submit a monthly construction safety and
health report to the BWC or to the DOLE Regional Office concerned. The report shall
include a monthly summary of all safety and health committee meeting agreements, a
summary of all accident investigations/reports and periodic hazards assessment with the
corresponding remedial measures/action for each hazard. In case of any dangerous
occurrence or major accident resulting in death or permanent total disability, the
concerned employer shall initially notify the DOLE Regional Office within twenty- 14 four
(24) hours from occurrence. After the conduct of investigation by the concerned
construction safety and health officer, the employer shall report all permanent total
disabilities to DOLE Regional Office on or before the 20th of the month following the date
of occurrence of accident using the DOLE/BWC/HSD-IP-6 form.
Purpose of Accident Investigation:
1. The principal purpose of accident investigation is to obtain information that will help prevent,
accidents. To fulfill this purpose, investigations should be objective, factual, and free of
disciplinary implications. If there is a feeling that they will be used to establish guilt, it will be
hard to obtain all the facts.
2. To obtain information through which recommendations for corrective action can be
developed for the prevention of similar, or other accidents, either in the area affected or
elsewhere in the organization.
3. This is done by –
a. Determining accident causes:
Seeking out the elements and sources from which the accident developed.
b. Determining corrective measures:
Analyzing the cause factors and making recommendations for their
elimination.
c. Developing educational materials:

323 323
Producing information which will guide personnel into developing a "safety

consciousness" and knowledge of safe conditions and safe work methods.
B. Which Accidents should be Investigated?
1. All accidents are potentially serious. All are important regardless of the degree of
seriousness of any resulting injury, since the "injury-result" of any set of accident-
producing circumstances is impossible to detect.
2. Every accident should be properly investigated, bearing in mind the following order
of importance:
a. Deaths or other catastrophes

b. Permanent disabilities
c. Temporary disabilities
C. When Should Accident Investigations be made?

1. As soon as possible after the accident.
2. Delays - even those of only a few hours - can permit information or items of importance to
be removed, destroyed, or forgotten.
3. The investigation may be made at the time of preparing the first report of injury or, if
necessary, it can be made later. If the accident is serious enough or complex enough to
warrant investigation by a committee. such action may be delayed until the committee can
be called together. In either case, the investigation should be made as soon as possible
after the accident.
4. The foreman should immediately issue instructions against disturbing the site of
the accident, the machine (if involved), the equipment, and all conditions existing
at the time of the accident, after any fire, leaks, running machinery, etc., are under
control or shut off to prevent further damages.
5. The foreman should then start his own investigation to determine:
a. The situation prior to the accident

b. What happened
c. The result
D. Six Questions to answer as the Basis of Accident Investigation
1. How did the accident happen?

2. Who was injured?
3. When did it happen?
4. When did it happen
5. What were the materials, machines, equipment, or conditions involved?
6. Why did it occur?

324 324
E. Specific Information to be Obtained
1. Occupation - What work was injured doing?

2. Sex – State whether male or female.
3. Age – Exact if possible; otherwise, approximate.
4. Date – Show day - and hour - of occurrence.
5. Place – Give the specific location.
6. Type – What type of accident - fall, struck by, caught in, burned?
7. Equipment – What materials, machines involved.
8. In addition to these fundamental and basic points, the following items
should receive appropriate attention, depending upon the circumstances in
each case:
a. Description by witnesses - get various accounts of the accident - the

worker, his supervisor, and other witnesses.
b. Unsafe conditions - state what unsafe conditions contributed to the
accident. Give the reasons for Its existence, if possible.
c. Unsafe acts --- list any unsafe acts involved. Why did they occur - lack of
skill, poor attitude, misunderstanding?
d. Corrective action - what has to be done to prevent recurrence of the
accident?
Accident Case
Instructions:
▪ Determine the key facts

▪ Enumerate the possible cases of the accident
▪ Enumerate the possible effects of the accident
▪ Recommend preventive measures
Case #1
The Accident:
Driver J. Cruz and J. Reyes were unloading bulk feed from their truck into feed bin
of house #5. The truck’s feed compartment was on a dumping tilted position. The truck
was directly under the electrical high-tension wires, with 1.2 kva, supplying power to the
poultry houses. While unloading, J. Cruz noticed the feed was not flowing smoothly inside
the compartment. He climbed above and looked into the manhole. When he raised his
head, he momentarily forgotten the electric wire above him. His nape got in contact with

325 325
the wire, that shocked him. Thus, causing him to be thrown against the compartment of
the truck at the tail end.
• J. Cruz suffered burns on the nape and buttocks. While J. Reyes suffered cut on the
forehead.
• The high-tension wire diagonally crossed the road fronting house #5. because of the
terrain and the sag, the wires have a clearance of 18 feet from the ground level at the
point in front of house #5 or where the truck was parked. The truck has a clearance
height of about 12 feet, untitled, from the ground. If the bulk feed inside the truck
compartment gets stucked, the driver dislodge by means of using poles through the
manhole.
According to Mr. Rodriguez, Farm Superintendent, this is the second incident of this
nature happened on the same spot.
Case #2
The Accident:
In a ship company, a welder was working on the side of a barge. The platform on
which he was standing was almost touching the water. The platform was supported by a
rope on each end. While he was operating the electric welding machine, a motorboat
passed by creating waves that caused the welder to off-balanced. He held on to the
electric cable of the welding machine, still, fell into the water and got drowned. His body
was recovered only the following day. Investigation revealed that the victim was an
assistant to the regular welder, who was absent. When asked for the written procedure,
the company could not present one.
Evaluation of Safety Performance
Injury Frequency and Security Rates
These are important to enable a company or operating unit to determine how effectively
its employee injury problem is being met and what progress is being made.
What is “Injury Frequency Rate”?
Is based upon the total number of disabling injuries such as deaths, permanent total,
permanent partial and temporary total disabilities which occur during the period covered
by rate.

326 326
Injury Frequency Rates are used to determine:
Whether the number of work injuries in any particular operating unit is lesser or greater
than in other operating units in the same industry.
- Whether a given operating unit is having more or less injuries when compared to
a previous period of time and similar operations.
- Whether an industry has a better or worse injury experience than other industries
or than the coverage for all industries.
Injury Frequency Rate Computation
First Step: Gather Information

Obtain the number of employees man-hours of exposure, preferably direct from
the time records. When this cannot be done, the exposure may be estimated on an annual
basis as follows:
- The average employee who works a 40 hour a week can be assumed to work a
total of 2,000 man-hours per year.
- Multiply the number of full-time employees by 2,000.
- Estimate the number of hours worked by part-time employees and the number of
hours overtime.
- Add these two figures and you have a fairly accurate estimate of the total annual
number of hours in w/c employees have been exposed to injury for that year.
Obtain the number of disabling injuries from the employee injury record. If such
record is maintained, an estimate may be developed by adding the disabling injury reports
and fatalities that have occurred during a period of time covered by the number of man-
hours exposure.
Second Step: Calculate the Injury – Frequency Rate
IFR = Number of Disabling Injury x 1,000,000

Total Number of Man-Hours of Exposure
What is “Injury Severity Rate”?

327 327
Is based upon the total number of disabling injuries such as deaths, permanent total,
permanent partial and temporary total disabilities, plus the total actual days of the
disabilities of all temporary total disabilities which occur during the period covered by the
rate.
Injury Severity Rate Computation
First Step: Gather Information
- Obtain the man-hours of exposure by the same method used for computing injury
frequency rate.
- Obtain total days lost due to injuries for the corresponding period of man-hours
exposure.
Second Step: Calculate the Injury – Severity Rate
ISR = Total Days Lost + Time Charges x 1,000,000

Total Number of Man-Hours of Exposure
TABLE 1
TABULATIDN OF SCHEDULED CHARGES
A. For Loss of Member - Traumatic or Surgical
Fingers, Thumb, and Hand
Amputation involving All or Part Bone Thumb Fingers

Index Middle Ring Little
Distal phalange 300 100 75 60 50

Middle phalange ----- 200 150 120 100
Proximal phalange 600 400 300 240 200
Metacarpal 900 600 500 450 400
Hand at wrist 3000
Toe, Foot, and Ankle
Amputation involving All or Part of Bone'+. Great Each of

328 328
Toe Other Toes
Distal phalange 150 35

Middle phalange ----- 75
Proximal phalange 300 150
Metatarsal 600 360
Foot at ankle, 2400
Arm
Any Point above elbow, including shoulder joint 4500

Any [mint above wrist and at or below elbow 3600
Any point above knee 4500
Any point above ankle and at or elbow knee 3000
B. impairment of Function
One Eye (fines of sight). Whether or not there is sight in the other eye
Both Eyes (loss of sight), in one accident
One Ear complete industrial loss of hearing whether or not is hearing in the other
ear
Both Ears (complete industrial loss of hearing, in one accident
Unrepaired Hernia
'If the bone is not involved, use actual days lost, and classify as temporary total
disability. The tuft of the discal bone of a finger or toe is considered bone if it
shown in x-rays.
For loss of use without amputation, see 1065.01(5)

The term above when applied to the arm means toward the shoulder, and when applied
to the leg means toward the hip.

329 329

330 330

331 331

332 332

333 333

334 334

335 335

336 336

337 337

338 338

339 339
Sample Accident/Incident Report Template

340 340

341 341

342 342
Employees Compensation (EC) Logbook

Number of
Days the
Name Date of Place of Nature of Worker Remarks
Contingency Contingency Contingency was Absent
for Work
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

343 343
OSHS Rule1054: Keeping of Records
(1) The employer shall maintain and keep an accident or illness record which shall be
open at all times for inspection to authorized personnel containing the following minimum
data:
a. Date of accident or illness;
b. Name of injured or ill employee, sex and age;
c. Occupation of injured or ill employee at the time of accident or illness;
d. Assigned causes of accident or illness;
e. Extent and nature of disability;
f. Period of disability (actual and/or charged);
g. Whether accident involved damaged to materials, equipment or machinery, kind
and extent of damage, including estimated or actual cost; and
h. Record of initial notice and/or report to the Regional Labor Office or authorized
representative.
(2) The employer shall accomplish an Annual Work Accident/Illness Exposure Data
Report in duplicate using the prescribed form DOLE/BWC/HSD-IP-6b, which shall be
submitted to the Bureau copy furnished the Regional Labor Office or duly authorized
representative having jurisdiction on or before the 30th day of the month following the end
of each calendar year.
• Accident Investigation is a methodical effort to collect and interpret the facts of accident in
order to explore actions
• A formal policy requiring the proper and consistent reporting of all accidents is one of the
most important principles of accident investigations programs
• There are DOLE reportorial requirements related to accident reporting and recording SR
and FR; Rule 1050
MODULE 17
ROLE OF CONSTRUCTION SAFETY OFFICERS
Objective:
To learn the Roles Safety Officers in the Construction site.
An Occupational Safety and Health Officer (OSH) is a qualified officer responsible for the
monitoring and controlling of health and safety compliance and related rules and
regulations in his or her organization
❖ Roles of Safety Officers (as per Section 14 of DOLE DO 198-18)

344 344
◼ Oversee the overall management of the OSH program in coordination with the OSH
committee;
◼ Frequently monitor and inspect any health or safety aspect of the operation being
◼ Assist government inspectors in the conduct of safety and health inspection at any time
whenever work is being performed or during the conduct of an accident investigation by
providing necessary information and OSH reports as required by the OSH standards;
and
◼ Issue Work Stoppage Order (WSO) when necessary, based on the requirements and
procedures provided by the OSH standards.
❖ Organizational Structuring of Safety
Centralized
◼ Active management and control of a company safety program may be vested

in the chief executive, the general manager, or an experienced and qualified
foreman who has both authority and status.
◼ There are several advantages to safety inherent in small-scale operations, such
as closer contact with the working force, more general acquaintance with the
problems of the whole plant, and, frequently, less labor turnover.
◼ The safety manager does have special problems with engineering and medical
services. He or she is not likely to be in a position to hire full-time safety
professionals or a full-time physician and/ or nurse.
Decentralized
◼ Organizations with scattered operations requiring relatively few employees,

such as scattered construction sites, face special problems of organization.
◼ Their operations may be seasonal or intermittent, and there may not be a
sufficiently stable working force to operate committees effectively.
◼ The local manager may need to adapt the safety program to local conditions,
which may be quite variable.
Staff Versus Line Positions
◼ The safety program is usually assigned to persons holding line positions in a small
plant, and staff positions in a large plant. If a line official in a small plant has a safety

345 345
function for portions of the plant over which he or she has no line authority, however,
the safety assignment is considered to be a staff function. In a large plant the safety
director and organization should have staff status and authority.
◼ The exact determination of the set-up of the safety staff must be decided by
each firm in terms of its own operational problems, policies, and hazards.
Authority Versus Responsibility
◼ Sometimes the safety professional is given authority that is usually limited to line
officials.
◼ This authority is necessary to meet the responsibilities associated with the safety
professional's position.
◼ Without the authority to act, the safety professional might not be able to fulfill his or
her responsibilities.
◼ On fast-moving and rapidly changing operations or those on which delayed
action would endanger the lives of workers or others, it is not uncommon for
the safety director to have authority to order immediate changes.
◼ Examples include construction and demolition work, fumigation, some phases
of explosives manufacturing, and emergency work.
◼ Such authority, whenever and wherever granted, must be used with discretion,
since the safety professional will be accountable for errors in judgment.
Matrix Versus Traditional Structure
◼ Matrix organization (also called project management and program

management) is most often used when a new product must be developed - for
example, an organization must begin pilot production of a new type of engine,
while maintaining production of existing models.
◼ The primary advantage of a matrix organization, which is ordinarily a temporary
supplement to a traditional structure, is that an objective can be achieved
without expending the money and time required to develop a totally new
organization.
◼ In many instances personnel can be drawn from within the parent organization
without seriously impairing its efficiency.
◼ The safety director with the dual responsibilities of both the traditional parent
organization and the matrix appendage must understand the nature of matrix
management to effectively perform the entire scope of his or her safety
responsibilities.

346 346
❖ TEAM UP FOR SAFETY
Influencing People
◼ The human relations movement, a post-World War II phenomenon, has as its primary focus
the handling (treatment) of employees as human beings.
◼ Most recent studies indicate that organizations that are most considerate of the feelings and
concerns of their employees have the lowest accident frequency and accident severity rates.
◼ Therefore, it is in the mutual best interests of companies and their employees to have
supervisors who are skilled in the creation of organizational climates that are conducive to
employee self- motivation.
◼ This level of supervisory skill is achieved through a judicious blend of training and experience.
People are strongly influenced by the attitudes and actions of their supervisors.
◼ Empirical studies indicate that some employees react negatively to even the most
positive actions by their supervisors.
◼ Yet one of the responsibilities of leadership is the enforcement of discipline. Indeed,
no matter how well qualified supervisors may otherwise be, their fitness to lead is
severely limited by their ability and willingness to impose necessary discipline on a
timely basis.
◼ Remember, discipline is not just punishment, it is the creation of an organizational
structure wherein all members know exactly where and how they fit and precisely what
is expected of them by both supervisors and peers.
◼ Most supervisors require extensive training to provide a high caliber of organizational
discipline.
Supervision
The responsibilities of the first-line supervisor are many. Direction of the work force
includes the following supervisory functions:
1. Setting goals.
2. Improving present work methods.
3. Delegating work.
4. Allocating manpower
5. Meeting deadlines.
6. Controlling expenditures.
7. Following progress of work,
8. Evaluating employee performance.
9. Forecasting manpower requirements.
10. Supervising on-the-job training,
11. Reviewing employee performance,
12. Handling employee complaints,

347 347
13. Enforcing rules.

14. Conducting meetings, and last, but not least-
15. Increasing safety awareness.
◼ Supervisory understanding of the interrelationships of these responsibilities is a

learned attribute.
◼ Organizations that expect their supervisors to offer a high quality of leadership to
their employees must provide appropriate training and experiential opportunities to
current supervisors and supervisory trainees alike.
◼ For the purpose of administrating a safety program and ensuring its continuity, top
management will usually place the administration of the program in the hands of a
safety professional, the personnel manager, or a line supervisor usually from an
allied area such as industrial engineering.
◼ Assuming that a plant or company is large enough in size or in volume of business
to hire a safety engineer, what are his or her duties and responsibilities, and to
whom is he or she accountable? Following is a descriptive guide to the safety
engineer's duties in a typical industrial plant regardless of its size:
❖ SAFETY OFFICER/PROFESSIONAL
Position Concept
The site safety engineer/officer is responsible to the site manager, the employee
relations’ manager, or the personnel manager for:
1. Developing and executing an effective program of safety engineering and industrial

hygiene within the plant, with the appropriate procedures.
2. Developing and directing safety engineering and safety inspection personnel
associated with the plant.
3. Developing and directing safety training programs and procedures within the plant.
Duties and Responsibilities
Within the limits of authorized objectives, policies, and procedures, the site safety
engineer/officer is responsible for and has the authority for:
✓ Discharging the company's statement of policy as outlined in its organizational

manual.
✓ Implementing and administrating the company’s statement of policy for a safe
plant. This encompasses safety policies and practices, safety standards, and
industrial hygiene.
✓ Where possible, propagating and promulgating safety and industrial hygiene
instructions, procedures, and standards, and following up on these when

348 348
necessary, so that employees 'and visitors will not injure themselves or others.
✓ Personally, maintaining a constant audit of all existing, planned, and proposed
installations, processes, and procedures for unsafe conditions or acts before they
result in injury or damage.
✓ Developing and presenting training programs for all supervisors so that they will
have the knowledge and t9ols to prevent accidents.
✓ Conducting monthly meetings of the executive safety committee and attending
monthly departmental supervisory safety meetings for the purpose of eliminating
unsafe acts or conditions by calling them to the attention of the person or persons
responsible.
✓ Maintaining statistical records and reporting these to management. Such reports
would coyer (a) accidents and near-accidents; (b) frequency and severity of major
and minor injuries; (c) costs of accidents-general and specific, actual and potential.
✓ Compiling, editing, publishing, and distributing monthly or bi-weekly safety
publications to all employees in an effort to prevent injuries on and off the job.
✓ Obtaining and presenting audiovisual aids to all employees to prevent injuries on
and off the job.
✓ Testing new safety devices on the job.
✓ Operating and maintaining a dispensary for safety shoes, to reduce costly foot
injuries and to improve efficiency.
Relationships Inside the Company
The Safety Engineer/Officer will establish and maintain the following relationships within
the company.
❖ With the site manager. The safety engineer/officer is accountable to this executive for the
proper interpretation and fulfillment of the duties and responsibilities of this position and
related authority, in concurrence with the dictates of the corporate manager of safety and
hygiene (if such a position exists within the corporation).
❖ With department heads and supervisors. The safety engineer is responsible for providing
advice and guidance about safety and industrial hygiene appropriate to their processes,
installations, and procedures of the plant.
❖ With employees. The safety engineer is responsible for providing advice and guidance about
any employee's specific job or work area in the interest()f preventing accidents and controlling
property damage.
❖ With unions. The safety engineer is responsible for fulfilling his contractual obligations
regarding matters of safety and health.

349 349
❖ Outside the Company. Here, the safety engineer must establish appropriate relationships
with professional and organizational groups.
Accountability
The safety engineer is accountable to the plant manager for his or her actions and
their consequences. Performance will be judged on the following criteria:
1. Reduction of the frequency and severity of accidents. The same criteria for
measurement must be consistently used throughout the company.
2. Reduction of costs stemming from accidents. "Weightings" must be used to correct for
dissimilarities between operations in different areas of the company.
3. The efficiency and smoothness of a department's operations within operations of the
plant as a whole.
Need for Safety Professionals
◼ It should be noted that the number of people employed in a construction site should
not be the only factor determining whether the safety program should be in the hands
of full-time safety professional.
◼ The nature of the operation should indicate what the need should be.
◼ The trend is to employ full-time safety professionals for any or all of the following
reasons:
1. Compliance to Rule 1047 of the OSHS.

2. The high degree of union involvement now developing in safety and environmental
health.
3. Challenges in machine design and plant layout; product safety and the great need
for fire prevention and security; and the way people think about the profit motives
of a company.
❖ RULE 1047: DUTIES OF THE SAFETY MAN
The principal function of the Safety Man is to act as the employers' principal
assistant and consultant in the application of programs to remove the hazards from
the workplace and to correct unsafe work practices. For this purpose, the Safety
Man has the following duties:
1. Serves as Secretary to the Health and Safety Committee. As such, he shall:

a. Prepare minutes meeting;
b. Report status of recommendations made;
c. Notify members of the meetings; and

350 350
d. Submit to the employer a report of the activities of the committee,

including recommendations made.
2. Acts in an advisory capacity on all matters pertaining to health and safety for the
guidance of the employer and the workers.
3. Conducts investigation of accidents as member of the Health and Safety

Committee and submits his separate report and analysis of accidents to the
employer.
4. Coordinates all health and safety training programs for the employees and
employer.
5. Conducts health and safety inspection as member of the committee.
6. Maintains or helps in the maintenance if an efficient accident record system and

coordinates actions taken by supervisors to eliminate accident causes.
7. Provides assistance to government agencies in the conduct of safety and health

inspection, accident investigation or any other related programs.
8. For purposes of effectiveness in a workplace where full-time safety man is

required, he shall report directly to the employer.
The role OSH Officers typically involves preparing health and safety strategies
and developing policies; carrying out risk assessments; liaising with regulatory
authorities to ensure compliance with mandatory regulations; investigating
accidents on sites and producing subsequent reports and recommendations; and
carrying out site OSH Program.

351 351
MODULE 18
TOOL BOX MEETING
Objectives:
❖ To learn the concept and importance of TBM.

❖ To learn the requirements of conducting TBM.
▪ Letter Y of Section 1 of DO#13
(Y) “Tool box meeting or gang meeting” refers to daily meeting among workers and their
respective supervisors for the purpose of instructions, discussion and proper briefing on
the planned work, the assessment of past work, the possibility or actual occurrence of
accidents at the site, tips and suggestions on how to prevent possible accidents and other
related matters.
What is a Tool Box Meeting?

◼ Tool Box Meeting or TBM is a short meeting usually held to discuss safety and
health conditions in the workplaces.
◼ The name "Tool Box Meeting" became popular since a group of workers meet
together with a leader sat or stood-up on a tool box presided a meeting.
◼ It is usually held in the morning before stating to work.
◼ One of the objectives of the tool box meeting is to encourage workers in safety and
health awareness through involvement in the discussions to be used on problems
directly affecting safety and health condition while performing their job.
◼ During the meeting, possible problems encountered while working will be explained,
opinions, suggestions and recommendations are expected.
◼ Therefore, TBM will be fruitful if recommendations will be put in place.
A Toolbox Meeting is an informal group discussion that focuses on a particular safety

issue. These tools can be used daily to promote your departments safety culture.
Meetings are normally short in duration and are generally conducted at the job site prior
to the commencement of a job or work shift. It is also intended to facilitate health and
safety discussions on the job site. Tool box meetings is an excellent and quick way of
increasing safety involvement and awareness.

352 352
REQUIREMENTS IN CONDUCTING TBM
❖ Tool box meeting can be held as far as suitable topics to be discussed are
available, enthusiasm of discussion and safety practitioner are in place.
❖ Furthermore, the following conditions support successful TBM.
1. Management Support
◼ Conducting a tool box meeting during working hours is almost impossible without
management support.
◼ Initially, it is common that the belief is that it is only a waste of time.
◼ Management should understand tool box meeting must be performed since
workers would enhance to involve themselves in discussing issues and problems
on the safety and health conditions.
◼ In return, such this meeting will benefit company in form of low production cost
and quality product improvement if an appropriate accident prevention measures
were taken.
2. Careful Preparation

353 353
It is necessary to make careful preparations before conducting a tool box meeting or

it may result in setbacks. The following are the necessary preparations to be made
before the meeting:
a. Significance of the meeting should firmly decide.

It is better to conduct a meeting in the morning. Initially meeting may exceed to
more than twenty (20) minutes because of lack of preparation, poor experience in
managing meeting or long discussions that result in waste. It is recommended to
finish the meeting within 10 - 15 minutes once it is underway.
Frequency of the meeting should be more than twice a month and less than twice
a week. Meeting should be decided based on actual conditions of each workplace.
Therefore, it is advisable that a leader should be a supervisor, shift supervisor, or
a safety officer.
b. Topic of the meeting should be clearly supplied

In order to make a tool box meeting fruitful, topic to be discussed was properly
selected. Safety officer of a leader in-charge of the meeting must understand
issues and problems on safety and health commonly arising during the
performance of job. It may happen through company publications. The office in
charge of safety and health or a safety officer should endeavor to supply
appropriate information as a primary topic to discuss. Examples of causes of
accidents occurring in the plant, countermeasures taken, unsafe behavior, etc.,
are also considered to be suitable subjects for discussions.
c. Training of meeting leaders

A tool box meeting is not the just meeting for discussing process operation. TBM
becomes valuable if definite conclusion as the result of exchanges of positive
opinions of all of the participants. A reason why tool box meeting ended With
failure because insufficient response were made by the participants. So, how can
we convince the attendees be increased? Of course, it is necessary to select a
suitable discussion subject to which all of the attendees are highly concerned.
However, it is also necessary that participants/workers always understand safety
and health problems. More important factors for successful meeting should be
enriched culture and skillful chairmanship of a leader.
3. How to proceed with tool box meeting
Three stages of a successful tool box meeting.

354 354
a. First stage – Introduction

This is a stage to prepare a good mood of the meeting. It is necessary to make
the participants and to let them feel the sense of intimacy with the meeting. Topic
to be discussed is then given to the participants to draw their interested in the topic
and to let them direct their attentions toward the problem.
b. Second stage - Draw attendees opinion

At this stage, drawing participants' opinions and ideas on the topic is necessary to
urge utterances of as many participants as possible. Leader should take control
of the discussions and should focus on the topic, lest discussion should be
confused, and lest the discussion should be monopolized by one speaker.
c. Third Stage – Summarizing

This is the stage to draw conclusions by looking back all the discussions made
during the meeting. If no conclusion has been made available, methods for putting
into practice must be decided. On the problems to which no conclusion was drawn,
it should be decided how to handle these problems in future.
MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES OF TBM
◼ Described below are the orthodox management procedures of tool box meeting.
◼ However, it should be pointed out that it is not necessary to stick in such procedures.
◼ At any rate, the meeting can be regarded as successful opinions are exchanged,
and if the leader successfully drew conclusions made during the meeting.
◼ Remarks for successful management of tool box meeting are as follows:
1. Although the leader should predict the conclusion of the meeting in advance, he
should not limit the course of the meeting toward the conclusion to be the only one
since there are many views and ideas on one thing.
2. If original opinion or mistaken ideas are raised during the meeting, the leader should
not deny such opinions immediately, but he should ask opinions of other participants,
ideas, and make the speaker consent his opinion's impertinence base on overall
judgment.
3. If the problem is of implicated, it should be broken into several items and discussions
should be made on each of the items one after another. Once the conclusion is
obtained on one item, the leader should clearly notify the conclusion to all of the
attendees for confirmation before proceeding to the next item. If there are too many
problems to be discussed, it is recommended to leave off the discussion at a certain
point, and carry over the rest to the next meeting.
4. Meeting may come to a deadlock or may become excessively emotional sometimes.
In such cases, the leader shut the points at the issue in order before the atmosphere

355 355
or the meeting become serious as soon as possible.

5. The leader should always manage the meeting with confidence and quite calm. He
should not lose his position as a leader being excited himself when the discussion
become heated.
6. In tool box meeting, all of the attendees are principally in a position to discuss on equal
terms. Therefore, leader should not assume instructive attitude or suppress his
subordinates' utterances by abusing his organizational position.
7. Tool box meeting become meaningless if it is excessively dragged on. Therefore the
meeting should proceed tactfully and should be closed at the fixed time. However, it
is not advisable to close the meeting while discussion is still going on. Attendees of
the meeting should try to obtain at least one conclusion at the end of the meeting
under any circumstances.
8. At the end of the meeting, as many materials as possible, which are related to the
discussion subjects should be distributed to the attendees. This will make the tool box
meeting more meaningful. It is desirable that materials to be distributed here are of
pocket size. Attendees will become more intimate with those materials if they were
prepared in the workplace.
Toolbox talks are a great way to reinforce safety basics, focus on high-risk
scenarios and to inform workers about changes to the jobsite and working
conditions that may have occurred since their last shift. Be sure to discuss cover
any accidents or injuries that have occurred and how they could have been
prevented.
Daily safety briefings by supervisors to all workers help to foster a good health and
safety culture. Toolbox talks allow you and your workers to explore the risks of
specific health and safety issues on your site, and think about ways to deal with
them.

356 356
MODULE 19
WORKPLACE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
Objectives
❖ Explain the elements of workplace emergency preparedness program; and

❖ Discuss basic preparations for common emergencies.
Introduction
The importance of effective workplace safety and health cannot be

overemphasized. There are many benefits from such a program including
increased productivity, improved employee morale, reduced absenteeism and
illness, and reduced workers’ compensation rate; however, incidents still occur in
spite of efforts to prevent them. Therefore, proper planning for emergencies is
necessary to minimize employee injury and property damage.
Planning for Workplace Emergencies
When we think about workplace emergencies, if we think about them at all, it is

usually after we learn about them through the new. Workplace emergencies can
happen at any time; to be prudent, we should prepare for them. Because it is hard
to think clearly during an emergency, it is essential to plan your response.
Emergency planning is the first step, and it can be challenging even if your
workplace has few employees. You will need to determine what emergencies
could affect your workplace, which will lead and make decisions during an
emergency, and what procedures will ensure that employees respond
appropriately. These elements are the foundation of a workplace emergency plan.
Emergency planning may not prevent emergencies, but it can protect lives,
equipment and property over the long term.
Planning
The effectiveness of response during emergencies depends on the amount of

planning and training performed. Management must show its support for plant
safety programs and the importance of emergency planning. If management is not
interested in employee protection and in minimizing property loss, little can be
done to promote a safe workplace. It is therefore management’s responsibility to
see that a program is instituted and that it is frequently reviewed and updated. The

357 357
input and support of all employees must be obtained to ensure an effective

program. The emergency response plan should be developed locally and should
be comprehensive enough to deal with all types of emergencies specific to that
site. When emergency action plans are required by a particular OSHA standard,
the plan must be in writing, except for firms with 10 or fewer employees, the plan
may be communicated orally to employees. The plan must include, as a minimum,
the following elements:
1. Emergency escape procedures and emergency escape route assignments.

2. Procedures to be followed by employees who remain to perform (or shut
down) critical plant operations before the plant is evacuated.
3. Procedures to account for all employees after emergency evacuation has
been completed.
4. Rescue and medical duties for those employees who are to perform them.
5. The preferred means for reporting fires and other emergencies.
6. Names or regular job titles of person or departments to be contacted for
further information or explanation of duties under the plan.
The emergency action plan should address all potential emergencies that can be
expected in the workplace. Therefore, it will be necessary to perform a hazard
assessment to determine toxic materials in the workplace, hazards, and potentially
dangerous condition. For information on chemicals, the manufacturer or supplier
can be contacted to obtain Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). These forms
describe the hazards that a chemical may present, list precautions to take when
handling, storing or using the substance, and outline emergency and first-aid
procedures.
The employer must list in detail the procedures to be taken by those employees
who must remain behind to care for essential plant operations until their evacuation
becomes absolutely necessary. This may include monitoring plant power supplies,
water supplies and other essential services that cannot be shut down for every
emergency alarm, and use of fire extinguishers.
For emergency evacuation, the use of floor plans or workplace maps that clearly
show the emergency escape routes and safe or refuge areas should be included
in the plan. All employees must be told what actions they are to take in emergency
situations that may occur in the workplace, such as a designated meeting location
after evacuation.
This plan must be reviewed with employees initially when the plan is developed,
whenever the employees’ responsibilities under the plan change, and whenever
the plan is changed. A copy should be kept where employees can refer to it at

358 358
convenient times. The employer should even provide the employees with a copy
of the plan, particularly all new employees.
Chain of Command
A chain of command should be established to minimize confusion so that

employees will have no doubt about who has authority for making decisions.
Responsible individuals should be selected to coordinate the work of the
emergency response team. In larger organizations, there may be a plant
coordinator in charge of plant-wide operations, public relations and ensuring that
outside aid is called in. Because of the importance of these functions, adequate
backup must be arranged so that trained personnel are always available. The
duties of the Emergency Response Team Coordinator should include the following:
1. Assessing the situation and determining whether an emergency exists that

requires activating the emergency procedures.
2. Directing all efforts in the area including evacuating personnel.
3. Ensuring that outside emergency services such as medical aid and local fire
departments are called in when necessary.
4. Directing the shutdown of plant operations when necessary.
Communications
During a major emergency involving a fire or explosion it may be necessary to

evacuate offices in addition to manufacturing areas. Also, normal services, such
as electricity, water and telephones, may be nonexistent. Under these conditions,
it may be necessary to have an alternate area to which employees can report or
that can act as a focal point for incoming and outgoing calls. Since time is an
essential element for adequate response, the person designated as being in
charge should make this the alternate headquarters so that he / she can be easily
reached.
Emergency communications equipment such as amateur radio systems, public

address systems or portable radio units should be present for notifying employees
of the emergency and for contacting local authorities, such as law enforcement
officials, private sector charitable groups and the fire department.
A method of communication also is needed to alert employees to the evacuation

or to take other action as required in the plan. Alarms must be audible or seen by
all people in the plant and have an auxiliary power supply in the event is affected.
The alarm must be distinctive and recognizable as a signal to evacuate the work
area or perform actions designated under the emergency action plan. The
employer must explain to each employee the means for reporting emergencies,

359 359
such as manual pull box alarms, public address systems or telephones.

Emergency phone numbers should be posted on or near telephones, on
employees’ notice boards, or in other conspicuous locations. The warning plan
should be in writing and management must be sure each employee knows what it
means and what action is to be taken.
It may be necessary to notify other key personnel such as the plant manager or
physician during off-duty hours. An update written list of key personnel should be
kept listed in order of priority.
FACTORS TO CONSIDER IN PLANNING
1. Accounting for employees after an evacuation

Designate a meeting area a safe distance away from the emergency site and
ensure that employees know they must meet there after they evacuate the
workplace. An emergency scene coordinator should take a roll call to identify
employees not present.
Remember that you will need to determine what information or assistance

employees may need if they can not return to the workplace after an evacuation.
2. Alerting employees to an emergency

You can use a public address system, portable radio, an alarm, or any other means
that you know will reach and warn all employees. Alarms must be distinctive, be
recognizable by all employees, and have a back-up power supply in case the
primary power fails.
*Remember that you may need alarms that employees can hear and see*.
3. Conducting employee’s rescue

It takes more than good intentions to save lives. Would be rescuers can endanger
themselves and those they are trying to rescue. During most emergencies, leave
rescue work to professional responders who are appropriately trained and
equipped. There are also exceptions. A catastrophe, such as a severe
earthquake, may delay professional emergency responders for hours or days.
Also, jobs such as handling hazardous substances or working in confined spaces
could result in emergencies for which fire or police departments are not trained.
Find out what kind of emergencies local responders are trained and equipped to
respond to. If they are unable to respond to emergencies unique to your
workplace, your employees must be trained and able to respond promptly.
4. Coordinating with multi-employer workplace

360 360
If you share a building with other employers, consider working with them to develop
a building-wide emergency plan. If a building-wide plan isn’t feasible, you should
ensure that your plan doesn’t conflict with the plans of the other employers in the
building.
5. Developing quick-response team

A quick-response team consists of volunteer employees trained to handle
workplace incidents that require immediate action, such as medical emergencies,
threatening or violent people, and hazardous-substance releases. Consider the
following in developing quick response teams.
• Types of incidents that require immediate action
• Roles and responsibilities of team members
• Communication and procedure for the team
6. Educating employees about emergency evacuations

To protect themselves during an emergency all employees must understand the
following elements of their emergency plan:
• The roles of the emergency scene commander and coordinators.
• How to respond to threats and intimidation.
• The method (s) for warning employees in case of emergencies.
• The method for contacting employees’ next of kin after an emergency.
• The procedure for summoning emergency responders.
• The location of safe meeting areas.
• How to respond to all emergency and to an order to evacuate.
Educate new employees about the emergency plan when you hire them and keep
all employees informed about any changes to the plan.
Train emergency scene coordinators in first aid and CPR, blood borne pathogen
protection and how to use rescue equipment.
7. Establishing evacuation exit
Your workplace should have a primary evacuation exit and an alternate exit. Post
diagrams showing the evacuation routes and the exits where all employees will
see them. Identify the exits and the exit routes in your plan. Characteristics of
exits:
• They should be clearly marked and visible under emergency conditions.
• They should be wide enough to accommodate employees during an
evacuation.
• They should be unobstructed and clear of debris at all times.
• They should be unlikely to expose employees to other hazards.

361 361
*Remember that an essential part of your emergency plan is an evacuation

diagram of a floor plan of your building that shows evacuation exits and describes
the emergency evacuation procedure. Mark the exit routes on the diagram so that
they are easy to see. *
8. Providing medical assistance and first aid

Is there a nearby emergency clinic or hospital that will admit victims of
emergencies from your workplace? If not, make sure that emergency scene
coordinators have appropriate first-aid training and supplies.
9. Recording critical employee information

After a medical emergency, an employee may be unable to contact their relatives.
You should have access to employees’ home telephone numbers, the names and
telephone numbers of family members they want you to contact, physician names
and phone numbers and information employees give you about their medical
conditions or medications. Many employers keep this information with employees’
permanent employment records and update it yearly.
10. Reporting fire and other emergencies

Your emergency plan must have a procedure for reporting fires and other
emergencies to professional responders. You should know the number of the fire
station in your local community. Fires are generally not reported to fire
departments by fire alarms, most fire alarms warn only building occupants.
*Remember that the emergency scene commander should stay in a safe

location to relay relevant information to professional emergency
responders. *
11. Selecting and using personal protective equipment

Personal protective equipment includes clothing and equipment that protects
emergency responders against specific hazards. Examples include working
gloves, goggles, hard hats and respirators.
Properly used, personal protective equipment offers protection against a hazard

but doesn’t eliminate the hazard. If it fails or isn’t appropriate for a particular task,
the user risks exposure. Appropriate, effecting protection depends on selecting,
wearing and using the equipment properly which can be challenging.
TYPES OF EMERGENCIES
1. Earthquake

362 362
During an earthquake, people almost workplaces are at greatest risk from

collapsing ceilings, window, light fixtures and other falling objects. If you are
indoors, the safest response is to take cover under sturdy furniture or to brace
yourself against an inside wall. Stay away from window, skylights, bookcases and
other heavy objects. Protect your head and neck.
What to do
• If indoors, stay there. Take cover under sturdy furniture or against an inside
wall.
• Do not use elevator.
• Stay away from window, skylights and other objects that could fall.
• Use stairways to leave the workplace if ordered to evacuate by the incident
scene commander.
• Be ready to rescue victims; professional responders may not be able to
respond; move victims to a triage area if possible.
2. Explosion
Any workplace that handles, stores or processes flammable gasses, liquids and
solids is vulnerable. Explosions offer no warning, causing disorganization and
panic.
What to do
• Try to establish communication with emergency scene coordinators.
• Assess damage to the workplace and estimate human casualties.
• Administer first aid if it is safe to do so.
• Do not use elevators.
• Evacuate following an established procedure.
3. Fire
Invite a local fire department representative to your workplace to help you identify
fire hazards and discuss how your workplace should respond to a fire. It is the by-
products of fire – smoke and fire gasses – that kill. A quick, orderly evacuation is
the most effective response to an out-of-control fire.
What to do
• Pull the fire alarm.
• Call the local emergency number; tell the dispatcher the workplace location
and nature of the emergency.
• Inform an emergency scene coordinator.
• Do not use elevator.
• Permit only trained responders to use fire extinguisher.

363 363
*Remember that if you permit emergency scene coordinators or other

employees to use fire extinguishers train them or ensure that they are trained
and experienced in using them.*
4. Hazardous-substance release
Hazardous substances include solvents, pesticides, paints, adhesives, petroleum
products and heavy metals, any substance hazardous to health. Even if your
workplace does not use hazardous substances, could it be affected by a nearby
release or an accident on a local freeway? If so, make sure your emergency plan
describes how the emergency scene commander and coordinators will respond and
notify fire and police department.
What to do
• Inform the emergency scene commander.
• Evacuate the area surrounding the release.
• Call the local emergency number, tell the dispatcher the workplace location
and the nature of the emergency.
5. Medical
The most likely workplace emergency is a medical emergency. A serious medical
emergency such as cardiac arrest requires immediate attention – response time is
critical.
What to do
• Call the local emergency hotline. Tell the dispatcher the workplace location
and the nature of the emergency.
• Do not move the victim.
• Notify an emergency scene coordinator for CPR or other first aid tasks.
• Assist professional medical responders when they arrive.
• Inform the victim’s supervisor.
Consider purchasing an automatic external defibrillator (AED) to treat victims in

cardiac arrest. Until recently, AEDs were used primarily in hospitals and ambulances.
Now they are portable, more affordable and can be used by just about anyone after a
short training session.
6. Weather-related event
• Wait for instructions from the emergency scene commander; a power failure will
slow communication.
• Tune a battery-powered radio to a station that broadcasts local news.

364 364
• Do not evacuate the workplace unless ordered to do so.
7. Threats of violence
Threats of violence maybe delivered in any form: face-to-face, by fax, e-mail, phone
or in writing threats can be directed toward the workplace or toward a specific person.
Police departments, mental health professionals and employee-assistance program
counselors offer prevention information, security inspections and employee training
that help reduce the risk of workplace violence.
What to do
• Inform an emergency scene coordinator.
• Activate a silent alarm if your workplace has one.
• Isolate the threatening person if it is possible to do so safely.
8. Bomb Threats
Take threats seriously. Don’t use firearms or phones in the building – they generate
radio waves that could trigger a bomb. If someone find a package that may contain,
or that may be a bomb, he or she should note its size, shape and whether it emits a
sound, then notify the emergency scene commander. Call your local police station
from outside the building to report the emergency and determine if an evacuation is
necessary. Use a communication method that does not generate radio waves to order
the evacuation.
Consider offering threat-management training to one or more emergency scene

coordinators and creating a threat quick-response team.
9. Terrorism
Although terrorist acts pose minimal risks to most workplaces, the devastating
of recent acts have changed the perception of a “secure workplace” and added a new
dimension to emergency planning. What distinguishes terrorist acts is the use of
threats and violence to intimidate or coerce. Factors to consider in emergency
planning include the following:
How do others perceive the mission of your organization in the following

contexts?
• Political activities
• Business activities
• Economic activities
• Social responsibilities
How vulnerable are your critical resources for terrorist attack?

365 365
• Production machinery and equipment

• Mail and HVAC systems
• Electronic communication, power, data and systems hardware
• Real estate and other physical property
• Finance and administrative transactions
• Employees at the workplace or at other locations
❖ Every workplace has to prepare for different types of emergencies that may happen.
❖ The emergency preparedness program has to be communicated to all.
❖ Conduct of fire drill should be at least twice a year.

366 366
MODULE 20
EMPLOYEES COMPENSATION PROGRAM (ECP)
Objectives:
To learn the concept of Employees Compensation Program and the coverage of claims.
To learn the requirements on how to file claim for Employees Compensation Program.
The Employees’ Compensation Program (ECP) is a government program designed

to provide a compensation package to public and private employees or their
dependents in the event of work-related sickness, injury or death.
OBJECTIVES:
1. To provide meaningful and appropriate compensation package to workers in the

event of work-related contingencies.
2. To formulate policies and guidelines for the improvement of the Employees’

Compensation Program.
WHO ARE COVERED UNDER THE EC PROGRAM?
1. Private sector workers who are registered members of the Social

Security System (SSS) except self-employed or voluntary members.
2. Government sector employees who are registered member of the GSIS, including
members of the Armed Forces of the Philippines (AFP) and the Philippine National
Police (PNP), Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP), Bureau of Jail Management and
Penology (BJMP), elective government officials who are receiving regular salary and all
casual, emergency, temporary and substitute or contractual employees.
Coverage in the program starts on the first day of employment.
WHEN IS SICKNESS OR INJURY COMPENSABLE?
For the sickness and the resulting disability or death to be compensable, the sickness
must be the result of an occupational disease listed under Annex “A” of the Amended
Rules on Employees’ Compensation with the conditions set therein satisfied; otherwise,
proof must be shown that the risk of contracting the disease is increased by the working
conditions.

367 367
For the injury and the resulting disability or death to be compensable, the injury must be
the result of accident arising out of and in the course of the employment.
Compensability of Diseases
◼ For the disease and the consequent disability or death to be compensable, the disease
must be in the ECC’s List of 32 Compensable Diseases.
◼ Only diseases caused by work or the working environment are compensable
◼ Conditions or risk factors on the job must be present for the disease to be compensable
◼ Other diseases not in the list may still be compensable if employee can establish causal
connection with the nature of his work or the working environment
o “Increased Risk Theory” but not for pre-existing disease
Compensability of Injuries
◼ An injury is compensable when it was sustained due to an accident arising out of or

in the course of employment.
Eight Instances where injury can be compensable:
1. Happened at the workplace

2. Happened while performing official function
3. Outside of workplace but performing an order of his employer
4. When going to or coming from work
5. While ministering to personal comfort
6. While in a company shuttle bus
7. During a company sponsored activity
8. Death of an Employee Due to Assault
Excepting Circumstances
◼ Intoxication
◼ Notorious negligence
◼ Willful intent to injure oneself or another
BENEFITS AND SERVICES OF THE PROGRAM:

368 368
1. Loss of income benefit or a cash benefit given to a worker to compensate for lost
of income due to inability to work. There are three types of loss of income benefits:
a. Temporary Total Disability (TTD) benefit is given to an employee who is unable to

work for a continuous period not exceeding 120 days.
b. Permanent Total Disability (PTD) benefit is given to an employee who is unable to

work for more than 240 days.
c. Permanent Partial Disability (PPD) benefit is given to a worker who losses a body part
and consequently, the loss of the use of that body part.
❖ Monthly Income Benefit for Permanent Loss of the Use of Body Part or
Permanent Partial Disability (PPD)
Complete and Permanent Loss of Number of

the Use of Months
One thumb 10
One index finger 8
One middle finger 6
One ring finger 5
One little finger 3
One big toe 6
Any other toe 3
One hand 39
One arm 50
One foot 31
One leg 46
One ear 10
Both ears 20
Hearing of one ear 25
Hearing of both ears 50
Sight of one eye 25
2. Medical benefits include reimbursement of the cost of medicine for the illness or
injury, payment to providers of medical care, hospital care, surgical expenses and
the costs of appliances and supplies. The medical services are limited to ward
services of an accredited hospital.

369 369
3. Rehabilitation Services include physical therapy, vocational training and special

assistance to develop the workers mental, vocational and social potential and to help
them remain as productive members of society.
4. Carer’s Allowance is provided to an employee who suffers a permanent total

disabilty arising out of employment the extent of which is such that he could not on
his own attend to his basic personal needs.
5. Death benefits are granted to beneficiaries of an employee who dies as a result of

sickness or injury arising out of or in the course of employment
6. Rehabilitation Services include physical restoration services, skills training for re-
employment or new employment and entrepreneurship training by partner hospitals &
training centers to enable the persons with work related disability to become more
productive.
Availing of ECP Benefits
❖ Fill up prescribed forms and attach supporting documents such as:

• Proof of job description
• Medical/hospital records
• Incident/accident report
• EC logbook (sample template below)
Name Date of Place of Nature of Number of Days the worker Remarks

Contingency Contingency Contingency was absent for work
❖ Prescriptive Period
Claims for compensation must be filed with the Systems (GSIS/SSS), within three (3)
years from the time the cause of the action accrued.
All EC claims may be filed by the claimant or his beneficiary at the System (SSS for
private sector employees, and the GSIS for the public sector employees), nearest to the
place of work or residence.
In availing of EC benefits:
1. Notify his/her employer within five (5) days from the occurrence of the contingency;

370 370
2. After notifying his employer, the employee, his dependents, or his employer on
his behalf, must file an EC claim with the System within three (3) years.
The System shall evaluate the claim upon submission of the complete
requirements, and the decision denying or awarding compensation will be made
promptly. If approved by the System, compensation is awarded to the employee. In
case the claim is denied, a Motion for Reconsideration (MR) may be filed with the
System, attaching additional proofs to support claim.
If the MR is likewise denied, an appeal may be filed with the Employees’

Compensation Commission. In case the appeal is denied by the ECC, appeal may be
taken to the Court of Appeals within 15 days from receipt of the decision of the
Commission. If still denied, an appeal may be brought to the Supreme Court.
❖ Work Contingency Prevention:
◼ To a worker, it will mean not getting sick or injured and be free from
its psychological, emotional and financial costs
◼ To the employer, it will mean less absences from work by workers,
high level of productivity, ability to meet delivery schedules and good
company image.
WHERE ARE EC CLAIMS FILED?
All EC claims may be filed by the claimant at his option in the GSIS Regional
Office (for the public sector) or in the SSS Branch (for the private sector)
nearest to the place of work or residence.
IF THE CLAIM IS DENIED, WHAT IS THE OPTION OF THE CLAIMANT?
Request for reconsideration with the GSIS or the SSS. If still denied, write a
letter of appeal to the Employees’ Compensation Commission (ECC).
ARE THE DECISIONS OF THE ECC APPEALABLE TO THE COURTS?
Yes, the decisions of the ECC are appealable to the Court of Appeals within
15 days from receipt of the decision. Similarly, the decision of the Court of
Appeals is appealable to the Supreme Court.

371 371
✓ The ECP is enjoyed only by those with Employee-Employer relationship

✓ ECP coverage/entitlement to benefits begin on the first day of employment
✓ ECP benefits are in addition to SSS and PhilHealth benefits
✓ The ECP Benefits are welcome but “hindi bale nang hindi ako mabiyayaan ng
Employees
✓ Compensation Program huwag lang akong magkasakit o ma-aksidente ng dahil sa
trabaho”

372 372
MODULE 21
OSH LEGISLATIONS
Objectives:
At the end of the session, participants will be able to:

1. Discuss the various strategies for OSH Administration in the Philippines.
2. Explain the government OSH regulations and the other responses to
existing and potential OSH hazards.
3. Identify the different OSH requirements and areas for compliance to the
OSH Standards.
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) standards refers to a set of rules issued by DOLE
which mandates the adoption and use of appropriate practices, means, methods,
operations or processes, and working conditions reasonably necessary to ensure safe
and healthful employment.
The safety and health standards provide practical pointers and signposts such that
if they are appropriately met in key areas, employee occupational safety and health are
assured and protected. Likewise, following the workplace safety and health standards will
help organizations meet their legal and moral obligations.
Legal Bases
• Labor Code of the Philippines (PD 442, 1974)

o Consolidation of labor and social laws to afford full protection
to labor, promote employment and human resources
development, and ensure industrial peace.
• OSH Standards (1979, amended in 1989)

o A set of mandatory rules on OSH which codifies all safety
orders issued prior to its promulgation.
• Republic Act No. 11058 and its IRR (January 25, 2019)
o An Act Strengthening Compliance with the OSH Standards and
Providing Penalties for Violations thereof.

373 373
• Department Order No. 198-18 *(see additional handout)

o Implementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act No.
11058 Entitled "An Act Strengthening Compliance with
Occupational Safety and Health Standards and Providing
Penalties for Violations thereof"
• Labor Advisory No. 04-19

o Guide for Compliance of Establishments to DO 198-19
• Department Order No. 13 series of 1998 *(see additional handout)
I. SALIENT FEATURES OF THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH

STANDARDS
A. The Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHS): –

❖ Is an established minimum requirements or criterion on working conditions
reasonably necessary or appropriate to protect every working man against
the danger of injury, sickness or death.
B. The Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHS) is:

❖ The body of rules & regulations formulated pursuant to Article 162, Book IV of
the P.D. 442 otherwise known as the Labor Code of the Philippines
❖ Formulated in 1978 in compliance with the constitutional mandate in order to
safeguard the workers’ social & economic well-being as well as his physical
safety and health.
❖ Its primary objective is to protect every worker against the danger of injury,
sickness or death through safe & healthful working conditions
❖ It applies to all places of employment except land, sea & air transportation,
safety in mines is also not covered
❖ It is composed of 28 Rules starting from Rule 1000 to 1990
❖ Categories of Rules are 1) Administrative Rules, 2) General OSH Rules,
3) Technical Rules and 4) Health Rules.
C. The OSHS Rules are as follows:
→ 1000: General Provisions

→ 1010: Other Safety Rules
→ 1020: Registration
→ 1030: Training of Personnel in OSH (see Module Annex for Needed Report)
→ 1040: Health & Safety Committee (see Module Annex for Needed Report)

374 374
→ 1050: Notification & Keeping of Records of Occupational Accidents or

Illnesses (see Module Annex for Needed Record and Report)
→ 1060: Premises of Establishments
→ 1070: Occupational Health and Environmental Control (see Module Annex for
Needed Record)
→ 1080: Personal Protective Equipment & Devices
→ 1090: Hazardous Materials
→ 1100: Gas and Electric Welding & Cutting Operations
→ 1120: Hazardous Work Processes
→ 1140: Explosives
→ 1150: Materials Handling & Storage
→ 1160: Boiler
→ 1170: Unfired Pressure Vessels
→ 1200: Machine Guarding
→ 1210: Electrical Safety
→ 1220: Elevators & Related Equipment
→ 1230: Identification of Piping System
→ 1410: Construction Safety
→ 1420: Logging
→ 1940: Fire Protection & Control
→ 1950: Pesticides & Fertilizers
→ 1960: Occupational Health Services
→ 1970: Fees
→ 1980: Authority of Local Government
→ 1990: Final Provisions
II. THE NEW PHILIPPINE OSH LEGISLATION
A. The Republic Act (R.A.) 11058
❖ R.A. 11058 is called “An Act Strengthening Compliance with Occupational

Safety and Health Standards and Providing Penalties for Violations Thereof. It
was signed into law by President Rodrigo Roa Duterte on August 17, 2018.
The principal author was Senator Joey Villanueva.
❖ With the enactment of Republic Act No. 11058, Filipino workers are given
better protection in the workplace.
❖ This law ensures safer workplaces by requiring employers to provide
complete safe work procedures, information dissemination about work-related
hazards, safety and health training, and personal protective equipment
❖ Under the new OSHS act, also known as RA 11058:

375 375
✓ EMPLOYERS are now required to comply with OSH standards,

✓ including updated training requirements,
✓ must have audit and tracking of compliance and,
✓ they are mandated to have on-site clinic facilities plus
✓ provide welfare facilities to their employees
✓ because otherwise they could be penalized for violations thereof.
✓ WORKERS have the right to know all types of hazards in their workplace,
✓ they have the right to refuse unsafe work,
✓ and the right to PPE, among others.
B. Department Order 198-18 (D.O. 198-18) Implementing Rules and Regulations

(IRR) of Republic Act No. 11058” An Act Strengthening Compliance with
Occupational Safety and Health Standards and Providing Penalties for Violations
Thereof. The chapter numbers contained in RA 11058 exactly match those in the
DO 198 but since the latter is the IRR, the details are therein incorporated.
❖ The synopsis of the entire coverage is as follows:
1. ‘Declaration of Policy’ is required for all covered companies and

organizations
2. ‘Coverage’ and clear ‘Definition of Terms’ are clearly incorporated
3. The Duties and Rights of Employers, Workers and Others, including
‘Workers’ Righ’t to – Know, Refuse Unsafe Work, Report Accidents, PPE
4. Safety Signage and Devices, Safety in the Use of Equipment and OSH
Information are likewise required
5. Covered workplaces are well defined and required to comply with regards
to OSH Program, OSH Committee, Safety Officer, OH Personnel &
Facilities, Safety & Health Training, OSH Reports, Workers Competency
Certification, Workers Welfare Facilities, All Other OSH Standard and Cost
of Safety & Health Program
6. Joint & solidary liability chapter clarifies the ‘Employer’s Responsibility &
Liability’
7. The Enforcement of OSH Standards chapter covers: –
➢ Visitorial & Enforcement Power,
➢ Payment of Workers During Work Stoppage Due to Imminent Danger,
➢ Delegation of Authority,
➢ Standards Setting Power of the Secretary of Labor,
➢ Employee’s Compensation Claim,
➢ Incentives to Employers and Workers and
➢ Prohibited Acts & Corresponding Penalties (administrative fines
ranging from P20,000.00 to P50,000.00 per violation, with additional
50% per repeat violation plus P100,000.00 over and above the daily
administrative fines)

376 376
8. Last but not least, the Miscellaneous Provisions contains the Updated
DOLE Computerrized Inspection Systrm, Inter-Gov’t. Coordination and
Cooperation, Separability Clause, Repealing Clause and Effectivity.
III. SALIENT FEATURES OF THE D.O NO. 13
The Department Order No. 13, Series of 1998: Otherwise known as the
Guidelines Governing Occupational Safety and Health in the Construction
Industry has the following complete sectional coverage:
 Section 1: Definition of terms
Twenty-five (25) terms as used in the guidelines were defined in order to clarify their
meaning and to distinguish them from similar terms possibly defined in other
issuances
 Section 2: Jurisdiction
The Secretary of the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE), by virtue of

Article 162 of the Labor Code of the Philippines, has the authority to issue appropriate
laws related to the administration and enforcement of Occupational Safety and Health
in the Philippines
 Section 3: Delegation of Authority
DOLE has the power to delegate some enforcement powers to other government
agencies and to private organizations provided that they have adequate personnel
and facilities (These cover Technical Safety Inspections)
 Section 4: Coverage
The guidelines shall apply to all construction activities, including demolition, whether
owned by the private or the government sector
 Section 5: Construction Safety and Health Program
Before the start of the actual construction, the construction project manager shall
prepare and submit to DOLE a comprehensive Construction Safety and Health
Program (CSHP) that is for approval by the Bureau of Working Conditions which shall
include, but not limited to:
⚫ Composition of the construction safety and health committee
⚫ Specific H&S policies within the construction site

377 377
⚫ Penalties for violation

⚫ Training of workers
⚫ Waste disposal
⚫ For all other requirements of D.O. No. 13, series of 1998, see Module 23
Appendix for the CSHP checklist.
 Section 6: Personal Protective Equipment
All employers must provide personal protective equipment (PPE) for all employees
needing such equipment. All other persons entering the construction site must wear
the necessary protective equipment. The equivalent cost for the provision of PPE shall
be an integral part of the project cost.
 Section 7: Safety Personnel
A means of coordination was established wherein the main or general contractor shall
have over-all management and coordination of all safety and health officers/personnel
working within the construction site. All full-time safety and health personnel must be
duly accredited by BWC-DOLE.
❖ Please refer to Module 24 OSH Programming’s specific Safety Officer (SO)

requirements as to number of SO2, SO3 or SO4 who needed based on the number
of workers in the construction site considering construction as a ‘high risk
industry’. These are pertinent to the ones specified by DO 198-18 Section 14 that
superseded previous OSHS requirements as well as those specifically covered
under DO 16 series of 2001.
 Section 8: Emergency Occupational Health Personnel and Facilities
❖ Please refer to Module 24 OSH Programming’s Occupational Health (OH)

requirements as to the number required based on the number of workers in the
construction site considering that construction falls under the ‘high risk industry’.
In the same Module 24, the requirements for Medical Facilities can be found.
❖ The same provisions of the existing Occupational Safety and Health Standards
(OSHS) for medicines and supplies as found under Table 47.
 Section 9: Construction Safety Signages
Mandatory provision of safety and warning signs are reiterated not only for the
protection of workers, but also the public in general. Signs should conform to the
standard requirements of the OSHS.

378 378
• Usage of PPE
• Falling/ falling objects
• Explosives and flammable substances
• Tripping or slipping hazards
• Toxic or irritant airborne contaminants/substances
• Electrical facility
• Dangerous moving parts of machines
• Fire alarms/ fire fighting
• Instructional signs/ Update of man-hours lost
 Section 10: Safety on Construction Heavy Equipment
❖ A specific guide for testing, transport, erection and maintenance of heavy

equipment is formulated. All heavy equipment operators must be tested and
certified by TESDA, while heavy equipment shall be tested by DOLE recognized
association/organizations.
❖ Daily routine inspection to be conducted by duly certified mechanics/operators,

routine inspection by DOLE accredited professionals.
❖ Maintenance of a separate construction logbook for each equipment
 Section 11: Construction Safety and Health Committee
❖ All construction sites must have a general Construction Safety and Health
Committee composed of safety and health representatives from each and every
contractor and/or sub-contractor. The construction project manager shall head
the committee. Each contractor shall have its own safety and health committee
based on the existing requirements of the OSHS.
❖ Composition of the organization of the Safety and Health Committee need to be

as prescribed under DO 198-18 Section 13 based on the number of construction
workers and considering construction under ‘high risk industry’.
❖ However, the duties of the committee remains the same per OSHS Rule 1043 as
follows although summarily written:
▪ Plan, develop and oversee the implementation of accident prevention

programs
▪ Direct accident prevention efforts in accordance with company program and
government laws, codes and rules

379 379
▪ Conducts toolbox meetings everyday

▪ Review inspections and accident investigation reports
▪ Prepare and submit to DOLE minutes of committee meetings, work accidents
and illnesses, and other reporting requirements
▪ Assist government inspectors
▪ Initiate/ supervise safety and health training for employees
▪ Develop and maintain a disaster contingency and emergency preparedness
plan
 Section 12: Safety and Health Information
❖ A detailed safety and health information system is included in the guidelines.

These include orientation, instructions, and training for workers; means of
conveying safety related information to all workers and specialized instructions and
trainings for specialty workers and operators.
❖ General Safety and Health Measures need to be focused on:

✓ Basic rights and duties of workers
✓ Emergency procedures
✓ Good housekeeping
✓ Welfare and first-aid facilities
✓ Care and use of PPE
✓ Personal hygiene and health protection
✓ Safety and health rules and regulations
❖ Daily tool box meetings

▪ See Module 19 of this manual entitled Tool Box Meetings
❖ Communicating OSH
▪ See Module 20 of this manual with the same title “Communicating OSH”
 Section 13: Construction Safety and Health Training.
❖ Safety personnel assigned within the construction site are required to undergo
the basic construction safety-training course prescribed by DOLE OSHC.
Continuing training (minimum of 16 hours per year) for all full-time safety
personnel shall also be a responsibility of each constructor.
❖ Specialized instruction and training are applicable to the following:

✓ Operation of construction equipment
✓ Erection or dismantling of scaffolds

380 380
✓ Excavation works
✓ Handling of explosives
✓ Workers engaged in pile-driving
✓ Compressed air, cofferdams, and caissons
✓ Erection of steel structural frames and tall chimneys
✓ Handling hazardous substance and materials
✓ Rigging and signaling
 Section 14: Construction Safety and Health Reports.
❖ Monthly submission of summary reports to DOLE is required. The summary

reports shall include safety committee meeting agreements, accident
investigation reports, and hazard assessments with corresponding remedial
action/measures required.
❖ Notification of major accidents to DOLE must be within 24 hours of occurrence.
 Section 15: Construction Worker’s Skills
❖ A Skills certificate shall be required for construction related occupations that have
been classified as “Critical Occupations” by TESDA.
❖ An occupation shall be considered as critical –

• When it may affect and endanger people’s lives and limbs
• When it involves the handling of hazardous tools, equipment, supplies
• When it requires a relatively long period of education and training
• When the performance of the job may compromise the safety, health and
environment within the immediate vicinity of the construction site.
 Section 16: Worker’s Welfare Facilities
❖ The employer shall provide for adequate supply of safe drinking water, adequate
sanitary and washing facilities in order to ensure humane conditions of work.
 Section 17: Cost of Construction Safety and Health Program
❖ The total cost of the Construction Safety and Health Program shall be a mandatory
integral part of the construction project. It shall be treated as a separate pay item
and reflected in the project’s bid tender documents.
 Section 18: Effects on Other Issuances

381 381
❖ Provisions of other existing occupational safety and health guidelines not

inconsistent with these Guidelines shall form part of this Department Order.
Standards, rules and regulations not specifically provided shall remain in full force
and effect. However, in the event that any provision of the Guidelines is declared
invalid by competent authority, the rest of the provisions thereof not affected shall
remain in full force and effect.
 Section 19: Violations and Penalties
❖ Violations committed by constructors as determined by DOLE after due process

shall be considered as prima facie case of a construction mal-performance of
grave consequence under RA 4566 (Constructors’ Licensing Law) as amended
and pertinent IRR.
❖ In cases of imminent danger situations, the procedures/requirements of the OSHS

and DOLE regulations shall be applied.
 Section 20: Effectivity
❖ The Guidelines shall be immediately effective, that is, 15 days after publication in
newspapers of general circulation, as provided in Article 5 of the Labor Code.
❖ D.O. No. 13, s.1998 was signed on July 23, 1998 and published on August 1, 1998
in the Philippine Daily Inquirer and on August 3, 1998 in People’s Tonight
❖ R.A. 11058 and its corresponding IRR namely D.O. 198 – 18 [“new law”] has not
necessarily superseded the 1978 Occupational Safety & Health Standards (OSHS) of
the Philippines but rather complemented it in order to “strengthen the compliance” by
the addition of well-deserved elements and revision of some parts.
❖ Very important considerations of the “new law” are: –
• It started with a declaration of a national OSH policy.
• It now incorporates both incentives and ‘penalties’ (called ‘legal sanctions’)
which were not found in the original OSHS.
• It clarifies very well the areas of OSHS coverage of implementation
• It has well-defined terms that specified the classifications of both
establishments based on their operational risk as well as personnel
involved on their roles for the success of the OSHS implementation.
❖ Likewise, the “new law”, in its aim to protect workers requires: –

382 382
• Employers to provide complete safe work procedures;

• Inform workers of hazards associated with their specific jobs;
• Provide appropriate and personal protective equipment which have passed
the DOLE's required tests; and
• Provide access to mandatory OSH trainings as prescribed by DOLE.
❖ The construction-specific law called D.O. 13, series of 1998, coupled with the
new law further ensures the safety and health protection as well as welfare of
workers in the construction industry.

383 383
MODULE 22
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY and HEALTH PROGRAMMNG
Objectives: Upon completion of the module, participants will be able to:
❖ Identify the elements of the DOLE prescribed OSH Program
❖ Explain the roles, commitment and participation of various levels of the

organization in implementing the OSH Program; and
❖ Review how to fill out the DOLE reportorial requirements correctly.
This outlines the basic elements necessary for developing and implementing a successful
safety program applicable to almost all types of organization in various industries
including construction.
I. THE CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM (CSHP)
A. Definition per ‘D.O. 13 Guidelines Section 1 – letter f’ – “Construction safety

and health program” refers to a set of detailed rules to cover the processes and
practices that shall be utilized in a specific construction project site in conformity
with the OSHS including the personnel responsible and the penalties for
violations thereof.
B. Definition per ‘DO 198 Section 3 Definition letter t’ – Safety and Health program
refers to a set of detailed rules to govern company policies, processes and
practices in all economic activities to conform with OSH standards, including the
personnel responsible, and penalties for any violation thereof.
C. Reason for the need for a CSHP: – safety and health processes play a
vital role in minimizing the number of risks on a construction site and, as such,
they should be implemented from the start. When managers fail to introduce
these health and safety measures, it's very easy for risks to rise and for accidents
and illnesses to occur as a result.
D. Role of the CSHP: – the construction safety and health program is the
document that ensures the protection and welfare of all employed construction
workers and also the general public that is within or around the site of
construction.
II. SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM CRITERIA

384 384
1. Safety and Health Program - refers to a set of detailed rules to govern company
policy, processes and practices in all economic activities to conform with OSH
standards, including personnel responsible, and penalties for violation thereof.
(DO 198-18)
2. Safety program is a plan or outline of activities conducted to promote

consciousness among management and workers in workplaces in order to
eliminate or minimize accidents and/or illness to the lowest reducible level.
3. Safety program organization is the method employed by management to assign

responsibility for accident prevention and to ensure performances under such
responsibilities. Simply, it means respective roles and corresponding
responsibilities.
4. Section 12 of DO 198-18 states that –
Covered workplaces shall develop and implement a suitable OSH program which
shall be posted in prominent places. Covered workplaces shall be guided by a
format prescribed by DOLE.
Depending on the number of workers and the risk categorization of the company,
the Safety and Health Program generally includes:
1. Company commitment to comply with OSH requirements

2. General safety and health programs
• Safety HIRAC
• Medical surveillance
• First aid and emergency medical services
3. Promotion of the following health domains
• Drug-free workplace (RA 9165)
• Mental health services in the workplace (RA 11036)
• Healthy lifestyle
4. Prevention and control of the following health domains
• HIV-AIDS (RA 8504)
• Tuberculosis (EO 197-03)
• Hepatitis B (DO DA 05-2010)
5. Complete company or project details
6. Composition and duties of the Safety and Health Committee
7. OSH personnel and facilities
8. Safety and health promotion, training and education, to include the
following:

385 385
• orientation of workers on OSH

• conduct of risk assessment, evaluation and control
• continuous training on OSH of OSH personnel, and
• work permit system
9. Conduct of toolbox meeting, or safety meetings and job safety analysis
10. Accident/illness investigation. recording and reporting
11. Provision and use of PPE
12. Provision of safety signage
13. Dust control management
14. Provision of worker’s welfare facilities
15. Emergency and disaster preparedness and response
16. Solid waste management
17. Control and management of hazards
18. Prohibited acts and penalties for violations, and
19. Cost of implementing OSH Program
The OSH program shall be communicated and be made readily available to all
persons in the workplace. It shall be updated periodically whenever the DOLE,
other regulatory or government agencies and institutions promulgate new rules,
guidelines and other issuances related to workers’ safety and health.
The company shall ensure that the core elements of OSH program are integrated
in the company OSH program such as management commitment and employee
involvement, workplace risk assessment, hazard prevention and control, safety
and health training and education, and OSH program evaluation.
The company shall submit a copy of the OSH program to the DOLE Regional,
Provincial, Field or Satellite Office having jurisdiction over the workplace. A duly
signed company commitment to comply with OSH requirements together with the
company OSH program using the prescribed template shall be considered
approved upon submission EXCEPT for Construction Safety and Health Program
which shall need approval by DOLE (through the Regional Offices) prior to
construction.
OSH programs in the pre-approved template may be modified by DOLE as

necessary based on existing laws, rules and regulations, and other issuances or
upon validation of the program during inspection. If there is a modification made
by the company, the company shall submit a revised copy of the OSH program to
DOLE.
The company shall review and evaluate the OSH program at least once a year
or as necessary, to ensure that its objectives are met towards an improved safety
and health performance.

386 386
5. A Good Safety and Health Program Need to Have the Following Four (4)
Essential Elements:
5.1 Management Commitment and Employee Involvement. The manager or

management team leads the way by setting up the policy, assigning and
supporting responsibility, setting a positive example, and involving employees.
5.2 Worksite Analysis. The worksite is continually analyzed to identify all existing
and potential hazards.
5.3 Hazard Prevention and Control. Methods to prevent or control existing or

potential hazards are administered and maintained.
5.4 Training for Employees, Supervisors, and Managers. Managers, supervisors,

and employees are trained to understand and deal with worksite hazards.
6. In the implementation of OSH program, the required safety officers shall be

employed or designated with the following duties and responsibilities
 Oversee the overall management of the OSH program in coordination with the
OSH committee;
 Frequently monitor and inspect any health or safety aspect of the operation
being undertaken with the participation of supervisors and workers;
 Assist government inspectors in the conduct of safety and health inspection at
any time whenever work is being performed or during the conduct of an
accident investigation by providing necessary information and OSH reports as
required by the OSH standards; and
Issue Work Stoppage Order (WSO) when necessary, based on the requirements and
procedures provided by the OSH standards
MANAGEMENT COMMITMENT
Top management’s support must be obtained before developing the safety program. The
program cannot be successful unless management provides support and gets involved.
Convince and sell to management the need for a program based on:
◼ Contribution of safety and health on the competitiveness of the company in terms of

the following elements: productivity, cost, quality, response time, service and image.
◼ Cost of accidents and/or catastrophes
◼ Legal requirement basis
◼ Moral obligation aspect

387 387
This commitment should be translated into a written safety policy which should briefly
and succinctly expresses the company’s commitment to safety. It also indicates clearly
that employees are expected to perform their duties with safety foremost in their mind s.
Safety policy need not be long. In fact, a short and simple policy is better.
Development of an Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Program

• A safety and health program is a systematic plan to IDENTIFY and
CONTROL hazards and respond to EMERGENCIES.
• It lays out RESPONSIBILITIES, RESOURCES, and
PROCEDURES for keeping the workplace safety and healthy.
*(see additional handout: BWC-prescribed OSH Program Template)
Role of Management in OSH Programming

• Effective safety program can be achieved basically through control of
people’s actions. Only
top management has the authority to implement such controls.
• Review and Adjust (reach for where we could be)
o Monitor performance:
▪ Compare current performance with previous performance
(benchmark)

388 388
▪Compare current performance with targets

o Make necessary changes to improve the safety program
▪ Continue successes
▪ Change failures.
SAMPLE SAFETY POLICY
It is the policy of this company to ensure a safe and healthy workplace for
employees, a safe and healthy product for customers, and a safe and healthy
environment for the community. Sure Safe, Inc. is committed to safety on the
job and off. Employees are expected to perform their duties with this
commitment in mind.
Signed by the CEO
ORGANIZATION
A safety committee is a formal structure through which employees and management can
funnel concerns and suggestions about safety and health issues. This is a requirement
of the Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHS) Rule 1040.
The composition can be a major factor for the success or failure of the committee. It
should be composed of a broad cross-section of workers representing management,
middle managers and the rank-and-file employees. This offers the following
advantages:
➢ It gives a constituent group where they are responsible
➢ It gives all employees a representative voice on the committee
CONTROL UNSAFE CONDITION
❖ Good Housekeeping – may mean . . .
“A place for everything and everything in its place”

“5S”
Right and proper storage of materials
May be as simple as removal of nails from lumber
❖ Préventive Maintenance (Total Productive Maintenance)

389 389
Preventive maintenance consists of maintenance activities performed before

equipment breaks down, with the intent of keeping it operating acceptably and
reducing the likelihood of breakdown.
❖ Engineering Control
Physical changes in processes or machinery designed to eliminate or control
hazards.
- Machine guarding
- Substitution
- Isolation
- Ventilation
o General ventilation
o Local exhaust ventilation
❖ Administrative Control
◼ Changes in work practices and organization to eliminate or control hazards.
◼ Education and training, signages, information and awareness campaigns
◼ Personal Protective Equipment proper wearing of appropriate units
CONTROL UNSAFE ACT
Generally, unsafe condition accounts for approximately 10% of accidents and

human errors account for 90%. However, most safety efforts are aimed at the 10%
of the problem – unsafe condition.
A. Education
1. Safety Orientation
When new employees come to work, they immediately begin to learn things
and to form attitudes about the company, their jobs, bosses and fellow
employees. Whether we train them or not, they will learn new things. For
them to learn things they need to know and develop good work practices,
we should develop good training program.
− Company policy – management is sincerely interested in preventing
accidents and illnesses
− Most accidents are preventable
− Safeguarding of equipment and workplace has been done and
management is willing to go further as needs and methods are
discovered
− Employees are expected to report any unsafe conditions
encountered while working to their supervisors

390 390
− Any employee suffering an injury, even a slight one, is required to

report it at once.
− Employee should contact the supervisor for guidance before
undertaking a job that appears to be unsafe
− The supervisor will give job instructions. No employee is expected
to undertake a job before learning how to do it and being authorized
to do it by a supervisor
− Employees are required to use their safety devices/PPE
Specific safety trainings that may be implemented:
− Basic Occupational Safety and Health Training for Construction
− Safety Training Methods
− Safety Management Technique
− Fire Fighting Training
− Crane and Elevator Safety Inspection
B. Visual Awareness
Visual awareness is an effective way of getting the message across through
signs, slogans and posters. The following are the rule of thumb in developing
visuals.
− Change signs, posters and other visual aids periodically. Visual aids left
too long begin to blend into the background and are no longer noticed.
− Involve employee in developing the messages that will be displayed on
signs and posters. Employees are more likely to take notice of and heed
their own messages than they are those of others.
− Keep visual aids simple and message they carry brief.
− Make visual aids large enough to be seen from a reasonable distance.
− Locate visual aids for maximum effect.
− Use color whenever possible to attract attention to the visual aid.
C. Incentive/Award System
This can be an effective tool in maintaining employees’ interest in the safety
program. The following are possible elements in an incentive program:
− Safety as part of the job
− The impact of Cost of Accident to the worker and company
− Recognition of Good Safety Practices
− Consideration of safety activities in overall performance evaluation
of the individual

391 391
D. Suggestion Programs
The following are the advantages of implementing a safety suggestion
program:
− Solicit inputs from people most likely to know where the hazards exits
− Involve and empower employees which in turn gives them ownership of
the safety program
E. Short Meetings or Tool Box Meetings
SAFETY INSPECTION/ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION

To effectively maintain safe conditions, employee work practices as well as every
portion of your physical plant, equipment, and machinery, regular inspection must be
conducted. These inspections should be both formal and informal and include both
employees and supervisors.
If an accident did occur, it must be investigated immediately for the following reasons:
✓ prevent recurrence
✓ maintain employee awareness of the importance of safe, healthy work habits
✓ improve a supervisor’s management approach, and
✓ comply with regulatory requirements.
RECORDING SYSTEM
Acute injury and illness records are invaluable in providing information for your safety
and health program. Since accident recording is required by the OSHS, you should use
this information to your advantage to:
− Reveal which operations are most hazardous
− Determine weaknesses in your safety and health program
− Judge the effectiveness of your program by comparing it with past records
− Aid in accident analysis and investigation
EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROGRAM

◼ An emergency is a potentially life-threatening situation, usually occurring suddenly
and unexpectedly.
◼ Emergencies may be the result of natural and/or human causes.
◼ When an emergency occurs, immediate reaction is essential.
◼ Speed in responding can mean the difference between life and death or between
minimal damage and major damage.

392 392
◼ A quick and proper response can only be possible through proper preparation, which
involves a combination of planning, practicing, evaluating, and adjusting to specific
circumstances.
EVALUATION OF PROGRAM EFFECTIVENESS
◼ A program evaluation is intended to justify the program and/or determine whether a

new approach is necessary.
◼ The evaluation should be summarized and reviewed by the senior managers who
originally approved the effort.
◼ In addition, all documentation of training, expenses, equipment, and success (and
failures) should be compiled and retained for later review and/or use.
◼ The report must present failures along with successes since management always
looks for good and bad point to obtain a balanced picture of the activity.
ELEMENTS OF SUCCESSFUL SAFETY PROGRAMS
Based on the study by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
of five noted firms with very successful safety programs, the following are the basic
elements common among these firms:
❖ Management encouragement of the participation of employees:
◼ Reporting of hazards
◼ Contributing to safety management solution
◼ Hazard identification program and JSA performed
◼ Well organized facilities with PM programs
◼ Noise, dust and fumes controlled and periodically evaluated
◼ Line management performs daily inspection
◼ Management/workers groups/committees formally inspect work areas on a
monthly/quarterly basis
◼ Annual plant audits are formally conducted by trained auditors
◼ Safety training is firmly based on job hazard analysis
◼ Safety training and retraining is done on a continuing basis for management,
supervisors, and employees.

393 393
SAMPLE CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PROGRAM
New Company, Inc.
I. INTRODUCTION
This Safety Manual is for the management, staff and workers of New Company Inc. This will serve as
a guideline for accident prevention in the construction site.
It is the primary objective of this company that all employees must comply and follow this Safety
Manual in order for this program to be effective and successful.
II. ON-SITE SAFETY/HEALTH PROMOTION AND EDUCATION
1. OBJECTIVE - Safety knowledge, attitude, skills and habits at all levels of the project workforce
shall be promoted, maintained and enhanced by regular and continuing safety training and
education.
2. REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Safety Orientation
2.2 Tool Box Talks
2.3 Safety seminars for supervisors and engineers
III. SAFETY PROMOTIONS
1. OBJECTIVE - Pertinent information shall be communicated to all employees at the work site by
practical means, to make employees well informed about matters important to their safety and well being.
2. REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Safety shall be included in all job instructions.
2.2 Safety Bulletin Boards
• Bulletin boards shall be positioned so that employees can view them while standing in a
casual manner.
3. RESPONSIBILITIES
• Project supervisors shall include the safety aspects when they give job instructions to their
workers.
IV. ACCIDENT/INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND REPORTING
1. OBJECTIVE - In compliance to Rule 1054 of the OSHS of DOLE, records of accidents and illness
shall be kept and maintained open at all times for inspection by authorized personnel.
2. REQUIREMENTS
2.1 The Incident/Accident Investigation Report Form should be used we can use the forms from the
OSHS manual.
3. MAJOR LOSS ANNOUNCEMENTS
Summaries of vital information on major personnel accidents must be written and promptly submitted
to the PIC.
4. CONTENTS

394 394
The project in-charge will report in writing to the owner of a narrative of accident details and what
was done or is being done to prevent recurrence:
• Injured employee(s) name(s), occupation, length of employment, age, sex, date, and time of
accident.
5. RECORDKEEPING PROCEDURES
The First Aid personnel with the assistance of the project safety officer must maintain a variety of
records for protection of the employees, the company and client.
First Aid Log

This is a chronological listing of all visits to the clinic or first aid station. Every injury illness reported,
no matter how slight must be recorded. A copy of the logbook and necessary forms shall be
provided to the clinic or first aid station.
V. PROTECTION OF THE GENERAL PUBLIC
Safety measures shall be implemented to protect the public from hazards connected with
construction operations and activities.
1. REQUIREMENTS
• Standard warning signs, traffic signs and barricades shall be installed as required by government
regulations and by the OSHS for building projects.
2. RESPONSIBILITIES
• The Project-in-charge shall anticipate the project needs and order the preparation the required
devices.
IX. CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PRACTICES
1. EXCAVATION
Excavation is defined as making a depression or cavity in the earth’s surface including the removal
of previously installed roadways, slabs or foundations at and below the surrounding ground level.
The principal hazards associated with excavation are:
• Suffocation, crushing or other injury from falling material.
2. CONCRETE, FORMWORK AND SHORING
Some of the hazards associated with concrete installations are:

• Failure of inadequately designed/installed forms and shoring.
Pre-stressed concrete includes use of exposed steel bars or strands with much latent energy.
Safety for the installation of a finished concrete structure starts with its design. A competent engineer
should design the formwork for all structures requiring the use of shoring and for large pours to be
made at and below ground level.
• Provide adequate bearing capacity, (a function of soil conditions), for formwork vertical
support members.
3. SCAFFOLDING AND LADDERS

395 395
i. The major hazards associated with the use of scaffolding and ladders are falling men, material or
tools.
ii. The following requirements are applicable to all scaffold work platforms:
• A guardrail shall enclose all working platforms more than 10 ft. (3m) above ground or floor level.
Guardrail shall be located 42 in. (1050 mm) above platform.
• Work platform shall be completely decked with no openings.
4. WELDING, BURNING AND CUTTING

The major hazards associated with burning and welding operations are Heat and fire. Proper care
of welding and burning equipment is a requisite for minimizing hazards.
• All gas cylinders shall have their contents clearly labeled.
In preparing for welding and burning, it shall be ensured that:
a) Sparks or molten metal will not fall on people or combustible materials particularly from
work at elevated location.
5. HAND AND POWER TOOLS

The hazards associated with the use of hand and power tools are:
• Failure or disintegration of tool.
• Proximity to moving or cutting parts of tool.
6. MATERIALS HANDLING
The hazards associated with material handling are:
• Falling or moving material and equipment.
• Pinching or crushing.
7. INDUSTRIAL MOBILE EQUIPMENT

Inherent with the use of productive mobile equipment are the many potential hazards that can result
from:
• A large mass in motion.
Any load extending beyond the confines of the equipment shall be marked or tagged for easy visibility.
8. ELECTRICITY
The major hazards of electricity are electrical shock and the accompanying possibility of death. Fatal
electrical shock can be sustained with voltages of 120 or less with current as low as 50 –200
milliamperes.
• The major source and distribution equipment (generators, transformers and switch racks) shall be
isolated by fences or in building with access restricted to authorized personnel only.
Where more than one voltage level is in service at a site, each receptacle shall have its voltage
identified.
9. PAINTING
The hazards associated with painting are: Toxic fumes, Flammable materials, Falls, Dust and flying
particles
• When solvent cleaning, the toxic and combustion characteristics of the solvent shall be determined,
and appropriate protection provided.
The use of safety belts or safety harnesses is mandatory for all work more than 10 ft (3m) above
grade, which is not done from a fixed platform with guardrails.
Pressurized spray guns are frequently used for paint application.

• If spray printing is done in an enclosed area, adequate ventilation and/or means of safely exhausting

396 396
fumes must be provided.
10. MASONRY
The hazards associated with masonry and insulation are Dust & fumes
For work at an elevated location, in addition to having a work platform with guardrails, care shall
be exercised to ensure that materials to be handled do not exceed allowable scaffold loading. Bricks
and blocks shall be neatly stacked. They shall be passed by hand, not thrown, when moving.
11. HOUSEKEEPING
• Inherent with good housekeeping is the elimination of many hazards that could result in falls, trips,
cuts, fires and many other potential accidents. Good housekeeping is a visible advertisement and
promotion of safe working conditions.
12. SAFETY SIGNAGES

Safety signage should be provided in order to warn the workers and the public of hazards existing in
the workplace. It shall be posted in the appropriate areas, strategic locations and should be
understandable. The size should conform to the OSHS manual and same with color. All signage
should be kept clean and be inspected regularly. It should be in good condition, damage signage
should be removed or replaced.
Signage shall include but not limited to the following:

• The use of Personal Protective Equipment
• Areas where there is potential risk of falling and falling objects
X. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL PLAN
1. OBJECTIVE
Project the environment and surrounding communities from hazards and environmental concerns
posed by the construction activities in the project.
This plan covers and should be applied to all works in this project.
2. RESPONSIBILITIES
The Project-in-Charge shall be responsible for the implementation of this Environmental Control
Plan.
3. HAZARDS & ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS

▪ Dust, Noise, Exhaust emission, muddy roads
4. SPECIFIC CONTROL MEASURES

• DUST - Sprinkle dry grounds with water
• NOISE - Mount equipment so that vibration will be reduced
• EXHAUST EMISSION - Direct exhaust of stationary equipment away from work areas and field offices
• MUDDY ROADS - Provide tire washing facilities near exit gate
5. MONITORING
The Project-in-Charge shall require strict monitoring of compliance with the requirements of this
Environmental Control Plan.
XI. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
All employees are required to wear appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations
where there is exposure to hazardous conditions or where there is need for using such equipment
to reduce the hazard to the employees.

397 397
1. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
• Safety Helmet, Safety Shoes, Pants (trouser) jeans. No worn-out pants, Long Sleeve T-Shirt
2. GUIDELINES IN THE USE OF P.P.E.S:

In providing safe working conditions, the use of personal protective equipment is the last
line of defense against possible injury. It must be recognized that the use of personal protective
equipment frequently reduces or restricts some of our normal senses that contribute to our safety
awareness. For example:
• Wearing safety glasses with side shields, goggles, or tinted goggles restricts normal vision.
• Earmuffs or plugs reduce hearing capability.
• Use of respiratory equipment frequently restricts vision.
• Wearing gloves reduces the sense of feel.
• The discomfort of wearing many protective items is distracting to users.
XII. HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

Hazardous materials are substances or mixtures that may cause personal injury, illness, or threat
to the public or environment during handling, use, discharge or disposal.
❑ The HAZ COM program shall include:

• Labels and warning forms
 Labels on hazardous material containers shall not be removed or defaced. They shall be legible and
identify the substance in the container, and display the appropriate warning about the substance.
• Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

 An MSDS for each chemical shall be available at the site at which the hazardous material is present.
The MSDS shall be legible and available for worker review.
XIII. TESTING AND INSPECTION OF HEAVY EQUIPMENT

Based on the D.O. 13 of the DOLE/BWC all heavy equipment should be tested prior to
commissioning, then routine inspection of equipment while on operation.
A logbook for data on maintenance, repairs, tests and inspections for each heavy equipment should
be maintained.
XIV. WORKERS SKILLS AND CERTIFICATION

New Company, Inc. Enterprises will hire skilled workers who are certified by TESDA, this
goes also for the heavy equipment operators. In compliance to Department Order 13.
XV. TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

1. FIRE PREVENTION
❑ Good housekeeping in the construction site is the first step in a fire prevention program. Trash shall
be picked up and disposed to prevent accumulations that can cause or contribute to a fire. Paper,
rags, sawdust and scrap lumber are commonly present; containers shall be provided to gather such
debris. The containers shall be emptied on a schedule that avoids excessive accumulations and
overfilling.
2. FIRE PROTECTION INSTALLED

❑ First aid/firefighting equipment shall consist primarily of portable fire extinguishers. Refer to Rule
1944.05 of the OSHS. Extinguishers to be permanently mounted shall have their location clearly
marked and be accessible at all times. The necessary instructions for using extinguishers shall be

398 398
given to all personnel who may be required to use them.
XVI. FIRST AID & HEALTH CARE MEDICINES, EQUIPMENT FACILITIES

The first aid station or clinic should consist the following equipment and medicines as a requirement
of D.O.13.
▪ Equipment
o Washing Area
o First Aid Cabinet
o Stretcher
o Examining Table and chair
o First Aid Pamphlet
XVII. WORKERS WELFARE FACILITIES

Adequate toilet, washroom and change facilities shall be provided for the work force. Daily
janitorial service shall be provided for these facilities.
Potability of drinking water used on the site shall be checked regularly. Containers for
drinking water shall be identified for that use only, tightly covered when in use and not user for any
purpose.
XVIII. PROPOSED HOURS OF WORK AND REST BREAKS

The work schedule will be from Monday to Saturday, 8:00 am- 5:00pm, with 15minutes
break in the morning and afternoon and one (1) hour break for lunch.
XIX. CONSTRUCTION WASTE DISPOSAL

1. OIL LEAKS AND SPILLAGE
• Implement proper storage and handling of fuel and lubricants
• Provide oil catch or drip trays.
XX. EMERGENGY ACTION PLAN

1. OBJECTIVES
▪ To ensure readiness to cope with emergencies that may result in the loss of life and property.
▪ To be able to effectively carry out an orderly, timely, and safe evacuation of all personnel in affected
areas of the emergency when necessary.
2. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Should emergency occur, the Project In charge on site shall:
▪ Immediately secure the area and implement the emergency action plan. According to the situation,
the person in charge will delegate authority and assure the safety of those responding.
XXI. CONSTRUCTION SITE DEMOBILIZATION

After the project, dismantling and demolition of temporary structure, scaffold, temporary electrical wiring,
transport of heavy equipment must be under the supervision of a competent person and the project safety
officer. It must be in accordance with OSHS manual and D.O. 13 especially for heavy equipment.
XXII. JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS

399 399
1.OBJECTIVE - to develop a preliminary hazard analysis on work operations as to their potential for
injury, property damage or both. Once potential hazards have been identified, procedures can be
developed to eliminate or mitigate their potential for occurrence.
In our company New Company, Inc. Enterprises the workers will conduct tool box meeting every morning
for 15 minutes, here they will identify hazard in every scope of work and give corrective action in order to
avoid accidents.
XXIII. PENALTIES AND REWARD

1. REWARD
Since the manpower of this project is less than fifty (50), we in NEW COMPANY, INC. ENTERPRISES
propose using incentives to the job-site Project In charge, supervisor, project safety officer, leadmen,
foremen and workers based on a target recordable injury incidence rate measured at end of the project.
Sample Approved Construction Safety and Health Program

400 400

401 401

402 402

403 403

404 404

405 405

406 406

407 407

408 408

409 409

410 410

411 411

412 412

413 413

414 414

415 415

416 416

417 417

418 418
Annex
Template for Workshop on Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment and Control (HIRAC)
Hazard Identification Risk Analysis/Evaluation Risk Control

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
No. Work Activity Hazard Possible Existing Risk Probability Severity Risk Proposed Control
Effects Control (if any) Measure
1 Safety
Hazards
1.
2.
Health
Hazards
1.
2.
2 Safety
Hazards
1.
2.
Health
Hazards
1.
2.
3 Safety
Hazards
1.
2.
Health
Hazards
1.
2.
Re-Entry Plan
Name: Company/Address: Date

RE-Entry Program / OSH
Program Action Plan
OSH Concern Person Time frame Remarks
Responsible

419 419

420 420
Joint Memorandum Circular N0. 20-04A (DTI and DOLE Supplemental Guidelines on
Workplace Prevention and Control of COVID-19)

421 421

422 422

423 423

424 424

425 425

426 426

427 427

428 428

429 429

430 430

431 431
REFERENCES:
• Occupational Safety and Health Center Training Modules

• Joint Memorandum Circular N0. 20-04A (DTI and DOLE Supplemental Guidelines on
Workplace Prevention and Control of COVID-19)
• Interim Guidelines on the Workplace Prevention and Control of COVID-19
• Republic Act 11058 and DOLE Department Order No. 198-18
• Occupational Safety and Health Standards of the Department of Labor and Employment
• International Labor Organization (ILO) Standards and series of issuances
• Department of Health issuances
• Fire Code of the Philippines
• DTI-DOLE Interim Guidelines on Workplace Prevention and Control of COVID 19
• DOLE Dept. Order No. 57-04 –Labor Standards Enforcement Framework
• RA 9211 Tobacco Regulation Act
• RA 9165 Comprehensive Drugs Reform Act
• EO 187 TB Prevention
• RA 85 04 HIV AIDS Prevention
• DO 102-10 Guidelines on HIV-AIDS Prevention
• DOLE Advisory 05- Hepatitis B Prevention Control
• DOLE Department Order No. 160 –Accreditation of WEM Services
• Rule 1960 of OSHS
• Department Order 198-18
• Department Order on Drug-free Workplace (DO 53-03)
• Department Order on Tuberculosis (DO 73-05)
• Department Orders on HIV/AIDS (DO 102-10)
• Department Advisory on Hepatitis B (DA 05-10)
• Department Order on Mental Health (DO 208-20)
• Annex C: Respiratory Droplets in Natural Ventilation for Infection Control in the Healthcare
settings, Editors 2009; Geneva
• PAHO, 2020
• PAHO.Prevention and Control of Healthcare associated infections-Basic
Recommendations PAHO, 2017 (adopted)
• Broussard IM et al. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.sov/books/NBK470223
• Sample label courtesy of Weber Packaging Solutions
• Flammable liquid, Toxic, N.O.S. UN 1992
• ECHA Guidance on Labelling.,2011
• NFPA 704 Standard
• NFPA-Chart_2 www.ComplianceSigns.com
• Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System
• DOH Department Memorandum 2020-0220
• DOH A.O. 2020-0015
• www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/surveillance/
• Hazwoper 1910.120(f)/1926.65

432 432
• OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure to Hazardous Chemicals in laboratories 929

C.F.R. 1910.1450)
• NIOSH
• OSHA’s Respiratory Protection Standard (29 C.F.R. 1910.134)
• Department Order No. 136-14 (Globally Harmonized System of Labelling and
Classification of Chemicals
• Rule 1070 of Occupational Safety and Health Standards
• Department Order No.160-16 Guideline on the Accreditation of Consulting Organizations
to provide WEM Services
• https://psa.gov.ph/labstat-updates (LABSTAT Updates Vol.21 No. 19 Safety and Health
in the Workplace Cases of Occupational Injuries)
• https://psa.gov.ph/Integrated Survey on Labor and Employment
• American National Standards (ANSI)
• www.OSHA.gov
• safetyhelpline.wordpress.com
Prepared by:
Engr. Dominador S. Cañeda

DOLE Accredited OSH Consultant
Registered Chemical Engineer


Beacon COSH Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Beacon COSH Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

Beacon OSH Training CO.

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

Module 1 Importance of Occupational Safety & Health

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

3. Labor Advisory No. 04-19

IMPORTANCE OF OSH WITHIN CONSTRUCTION SITES

Why the need for occupational safety and health (OSH)?

✓ Every worker has the right to a SAFE and HEALTHY workplace.

Occupational Safety and Health?

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

Global OSH Data: ILO Report

• 270 million work-related accidents

Globally, this phenomenon is still largely unexplored, economically, socially, politically

Local Scenario: Filipino Workers

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

• Labor Code of the Philippines (PD 442, 1974)

• Department Order #13

With a highly mobile population of workers and different contractors working on

1) Fall from heights is the predominant causes of accidents

1) Policy Makers and Enforcers

2) Employers and Construction Companies

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

▪ Provision of adequate access and egress in construction sites

Leading Causes of Fatal Accidents in Construction Sites

1) Falls from Heights

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

2) Excavation and Trench Work

3) Construction Machineries and Equipment

4) Cranes and Elevators

Latest about OSH:

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

Summary / Clear points:

❖ Everyone has a right to a safe and healthy workplace.

❖ To explain the concepts of accidents, near miss and incidents.

Defining Accidents and Incidents

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

• Accidents – an unexpected event which results in serious injury or illness of an

• Incidents – an instance of something happening, an unexpected event or

Should We Accept that Accidents Happen?

Are All Accidents Preventable?

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.

Reducing Workplace Incidents and Accidents

Unsafe and Unhealthy Acts and Conditions Accident

Unit 9, 3rd Floor, 75 G. Del Pilar St., Parang City of Marikina

Beacon OSH Training CO.